MoodleDocs - User contributions [en]

https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/api.php?action=feedcontributions&feedformat=atom&user=Jgramp MoodleDocs - User contributions [en] 2026-04-23T11:19:52Z User contributions MediaWiki 1.43.5 https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Content_translation_plugin_set&diff=147524 Content translation plugin set 2023-12-11T01:32:55Z

<p>Jgramp: Added text and a link to the Translate Moodle Academy course.</p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox plugin<br /> |type = admin tools / filter<br /> |entry = https://moodle.org/plugins/filter_translations<br /> |discussion = tbc<br /> |maintainer = [https://moodle.org/user/profile.php?id=1396756 Andrew Hancox]<br /> |float = right<br /> }}<br /> ==What is the Content translation plugin set?==<br /> The content translation plugin set is a set of plugins that enable in-line translation of content in a Moodle site or course. The plugin set allows users with appropriate permissions to provide translations for content which is not translated by language packs. <br /> <br /> Permissions to use the plugin are set by a site administrator. Once permissions have been given to a user, they will have the ability to use the plugin set and translate content throughout all areas of the site that they have access to. <br /> <br /> You can learn how to use the Content Translation plugin by taking the [https://moodle.academy/course/view.php?id=52 Translate Moodle Academy course], which contains webinar recordings and activities to teach you how to use this tool. <br /> ==Quick Guide==<br /> *Set your language using the language menu in the navigation bar.<br /> *Click the content translation icon in the navigation bar, and choose Start in-line translation.<br /> *Translatable content throughout the page will have an associated translate icon which will indicate the status of the translation - missing, stale or translated.<br /> *Click the translate icon for the piece of content you wish to translate.<br /> *On the dialogue window that appears, click Edit translation.<br /> *Provide the translation in the Translated content text area. Be careful not to break any formatting or links if the original text includes this.<br /> *Click Save changes<br /> == Terminology ==<br /> Before using the Content translation plugin set, it is important to be familiar with the terminology used.<br /> <br /> The following terms are used to indicate the translation status for any piece of content:<br /> * Missing - Content has not been translated.<br /> * Stale - Translation is out of date. This occurs when the original content has been modified after a translation was provided.<br /> * Translated - Content has been translated.<br /> == Using the plugin ==<br /> The content translation function can be turned on using an icon in the top right hand corner of the screen.<br /> <br /> Clicking the icon will present the following options:<br /> * Start in-line translation - Enables in-line translation of content.<br /> * Missing in this course - Shows a list of all content which is yet to be translated in the current course or context.<br /> * Stale in this course - Shows a record of all stale translations in the current course or context.<br /> * Missing on this page - Shows a record of all content which is yet to be translated on the current page.<br /> * Stale on this page - Shows a record of all stale translations on the current page.<br /> * All missing translations - Shows a record of all content which is yet to be translated in the entire site.<br /> * All stale translations - Shows a record of all stale translations in the entire site.<br /> ----<br /> ==== Start in-line translation ====<br /> Before starting in-line translation, it is important to set your language using the language menu in the navigation bar.<br /> <br /> This ensures that site content will be displayed in your chosen language, and that any translations you create will be saved for that language.<br /> Selecting the Start in-line translation option from the plugin menu will enable in-line translations.<br /> <br /> At this point all translatable text will have an icon injected next to it to show its current status and allow it to be translated.<br /> <br /> [[File:missing.jpg|frameless|55x55px|link=Special:FilePath/missing.jpg]] Missing - The content has not been translated.<br /> <br /> [[File:stale.jpg|frameless|55x55px|link=Special:FilePath/stale.jpg]] Stale - The translation is out of date.<br /> <br /> [[File:translated.jpg|frameless|55x55px|link=Special:FilePath/translated.jpg]] Translated - The content has been translated.<br /> ==== Providing or editing a translation ====<br /> Clicking a translate icon for any piece of content will open a dialog window showing translation details for that content.<br /> <br /> NOTE: If the translate icon is within a link, you will need to right click, as left clicking the icon will open the link.<br /> * Original content - The original untranslated content as it was written.<br /> * Generated hash - A unique identifier that identifies the original piece of content.<br /> * Found hash - A unique identifier for the translated content, if a translation exists.<br /> * Translation ID - The ID number of the existing translation, if a translation exists.<br /> <br /> <br /> To close the dialog window click OK. <br /> <br /> To provide a translation for the content click Edit translation.<br /> <br /> The next screen allows you to provide your translation.<br /> * Translation hash key - A unique identifier for the translated content.<br /> * Translation language - The language which you are translating content into.<br /> * Original content - The original untranslated content as it was written.<br /> * Original HTML - The HTML markup of the original untranslated content as it was written.<br /> ** NOTE: “Original HTML” will only appear if the original content was created using a text editor, and therefore has HTML markup.<br /> * Translated content - The translated content. This is where you will provide your translation. If the original content has been formatted using the text editor, be careful not to break any formatting or links when providing your translation.<br /> Once you have provided your translation, click Save changes to save the translation, or Cancel to exit without saving.<br /> <br /> If the content had previously been translated, you can click Delete which will delete the translation and revert the content back to the original untranslated version.<br /> ==== Editing a stale translation ====<br /> If a piece of original content is modified after a translation is provided, the associated translation will be considered ‘stale’ and will be identifiable by the stale translate icon.<br /> <br /> When clicking a stale translate icon for a piece of content and then clicking through to edit the translation, some fields related to the original content will be slightly different:<br /> * Original content - The newer version of the original untranslated content, after it was modified.<br /> * Diff - Shows the changes between the newer and older versions of the original content. NOTE: This field is displayed in HTML markup.<br /> * Old content - The older version of the original content, before it was modified.<br /> * Original HTML - The HTML markup of the newer version of the original untranslated content, after it was modified. NOTE: “Original HTML” will only appear if the original content was created using a text editor, and therefore has HTML markup.<br /> You can edit the translated content as normal, and once saved, the status of the translation will change from stale to translated. <br /> ==== View and manage translations across a course or site ====<br /> As well as providing translations on any page using the in-line translation option, you can also view and manage translations across a page, course or whole site by choosing from the other reports in the content translation menu:<br /> ===== Missing/Stale in this course =====<br /> The Missing in this course and Stale in this course options provide reports of all content within the current course or context which has either not been translated (missing) or where the translation is outdated (stale). <br /> ===== Missing/Stale on this page =====<br /> The Missing on this page and Stale on this page options provide reports of all content on the current page which has either not been translated (missing) or where the translation is outdated (stale). <br /> ===== All missing/stale translations =====<br /> The All missing translations and All stale translations options provide reports of all content over the entire Moodle site which has either not been translated (missing) or where the translation is outdated (stale). <br /> <br /> When viewing any of these reports, you can use Filter options to further narrow down the results:<br /> * Status - Allows you to filter translations by their state: Any, Stale, or Missing.<br /> * Translation language - Allows you to filter translations by language.<br /> * Page - Allows you to show translations on a specific page by entering a URL.<br /> * Hash - Shows results with a specific hash (unique identifier).<br /> * Original content - Shows results where the original untranslated content includes a specific word or phrase. <br /> * Translated content - Shows results where the translated content includes a specific word or phrase. <br /> <br /> <br /> Clicking Update will apply the filter(s) and show the results of the report. You can sort and organise the report by clicking on the column headings, and use the Edit translation button to provide a translation for a string.<br /> == Installation ==<br /> This plugin will soon be available on the Moodle plugins database. In the meantime you can install the code from GitHub - you need all the plugins from the set for this plugin to work. <br /> === How content translation works? ===<br /> The Content translation filter (filter_translations) is the main plugin that handles content translation. The Atto translations plugin (atto_translations) adds a hash key (if it doesn't already exist) to the content whenever the Atto editor loads up.<br /> <br /> The hash key is acts as a glue between a content and its translation. For new content that is created, a new hash will be automatically added to the content by the Translations Atto plugin. The content translation will reference the hash key when it is saved.<br /> <br /> '''Note''': In order for existing Moodle content to be translation ready, a command line updating tool needs to be run to add translation spans to existing content. If you don't run this before translating, then when you subsequently make updates to your content, it will lose the translation and revert to the original language content. This is not an issue for any new content added after installing the plugin. See the release notes for further information. <br /> <br /> There is also an "insert translation spans" scheduled task that can automatically add the span tags if one does not exist. It is disabled by default, and can be enabled on sites that need it. <br /> # Install all the plugins from the plugin set:<br /> #*[https://github.com/andrewhancox/moodle-filter_translations moodle-filter_translations]<br /> #*[https://github.com/andrewhancox/moodle-atto_translations moodle-atto_translations]<br /> # Go to '''Plugins''' > '''Manage filters''':<br /> ## Enable the Content translations filter (Active? = on)<br /> ## Set the filter to apply to '''Content and headings'''.<br /> ## Move the filter to the top of the filter list (you may need to play with the position of this filter depending on what other filters you use on your site).<br /> # Add the atto plugin to the atto editor toolbar by going to '''Administration''' > '''Plugins''' > '''Text editors''' >'''Manage editors''' >'''Atto''' > '''Settings:'''<br /> ## Add to the end of the '''toolbar config''': , translations<br /> # If you want to log all the changes go to '''Plugins''' > '''Filters''' > '''Content translations''' > '''Settings''' > '''Logging''':<br /> ##'''Log missing translations''': yes<br /> ##'''Log stale translations''': yes<br /> # Add a '''translator''' role or assign the edit translations permission/s to an existing role by going to '''Site administration''' > '''Users''' > '''Permissions''' > '''Define roles'''. Without this permission set, users will not see the content translation icon in the navbar.<br /> #* Edit translations filter/translations:edittranslations<br /> # Optionally, you may also wish to assign one or more of these enhanced translation permissions to various roles, although if you are unsure we recommend you leave these unset.<br /> #* Bulk delete translations filter/translations:bulkdeletetranslations Enables the user to delete translations in bulk.<br /> #* Delete translations filter/translations:deletetranslations Enables the user to delete translations one by one.<br /> #* Edit site default language translations filter/translations:editsitedefaulttranslations Enables the user to edit the site default language - e.g. you may wish to translate forum contributions written in other languages.<br /> #* Edit hash keys filter/translations:edittranslationhashkeys Enables the user to change the hash key for a translation.<br /> === Insert hash span CLI ===<br /> If you enable the content translation plugin set on a Moodle site that already has existing courses and content, then the existing content does not already have the hash keys. For content translation to work correctly, you need to add the hash keys to your content before translating existing content. If this is not done, the link between your content and translation will break when the content is updated. This is because when you update the content, a new hash will be generated.<br /> <br /> On a site where there are existing courses, it is recommended to run a command line script to add hash keys to your content before translating.<syntaxhighlight lang="shell"><br /> php /filter/translations/cli/insert_spans.php<br /> </syntaxhighlight>This script looks for all the places where an HTML editor can be used and inserts a hash key.<br /> You will need to run this script on your Moodle site and edit the JSON file to remove any columns that should be excluded.<syntaxhighlight lang="shell"><br /> php filter/translations/cli/insert_spans.php --mode=listcolumns > /path/to/file/cols.json<br /> </syntaxhighlight>When you have finalised the JSON file, run the CLI script to process insert the hash spans. Please use this extreme caution.<syntaxhighlight lang="shell"><br /> php filter/translations/cli/insert_spans.php --mode=process --file=/path/to/file/cols.json<br /> </syntaxhighlight>After the script has run successfully, you can start translating existing content.<br /> == Caching mode ==<br /> Since the filter makes database calls and, if Google Translate is enabled, web service calls, it is advisable to enable caching by working with the cachingmode setting. If you have a small volume of course material in active use then '''Application''' mode caching is advised, if you have a large volume then use '''Session''' mode caching. In any case, the default of Request is rarely the optimal choice. <br /> <br /> To change the caching mode: go to Site Administration > Plugins > Filters > Content translations.<br /> == Scheduled tasks ==<br /> There are a number of scheduled tasks that can be enabled, if needed. These scheduled tasks are disabled by default and should only be enabled if content translation is to be applied to the whole site. The scheduled tasks run checks on table columns specified in JSON format. This JSON data is defined in the Content translation filter settings. <br /> <br /> '''Note''': Ensure that the tables and columns defined in the JSON data are the columns that you wish to run the content translation tasks on. Setting incorrect tables/columns can cause issues on your site.<br /> === Insert translation spans ===<br /> This task scans records in specified tables/columns and adds a translation span tag if one is not found.<br /> <br /> This task should only be enabled if content translation is to be used on the entire site. The frequency of this task will depend on how often content is created and translated on your site.<br /> === Replace duplicate hashes ===<br /> This task checks for duplicate translation hashes in specified tables/columns and replaces duplicate hashes with a new "unique" hash. The frequency of this task will depend on how often content is created and translated on your site. <br /> <br /> In most cases, you do not want to have duplicate translation hashes, since they can lead to accidental overwriting of translations. You end up with duplicate translation hashes when you duplicate or import/restore a content that already has a translation span.<br /> === Copy translations ===<br /> This task finds matching translations for each content in specified tables/columns and copies them under the translation hash for that content. The frequency of this task will depend on how often content is created and translated on your site. Enable this task if you enable the "Replace duplicate hashes" task.<br /> === Cleanup translation issues ===<br /> This task cleans up the translation issues table by deleting records older than 7 days. You can run into performance issues if the translation issues table grows too large. The cleanup task is enabled by default and it is advisable to keep it enabled so that the translation issues table is kept at a manageable size.<br /> == Limitations ==<br /> Some activities and question types currently cannot be translated using the inline translation option. Multi-choice and True or false question types are tested and supported. Other question types such as drag and drop, select missing words do not have full support yet.<br /> H5P content cannot be translated with inline translations.<br /> <br /> See below for some more known issues.<br /> == Known issues ==<br /> === Tiles course format ===<br /> If using the [https://moodle.org/plugins/format_tiles Tiles course format], the translation buttons do not currently appear on content appearing within the tiles (as at 8 June 2022)<br /> === Matching questions in lesson activity ===<br /> Matching questions in Lesson activity cannot be translated with inline translation (as at 18 August 2022). The alternative way to translate matching questions in lessons is to allow translators [[Manage a lesson activity]] ("mod/lesson:manage") permission. <br /> === Matching questions in quiz ===<br /> Matching questions in quiz activity cannot be translated with inline translation (as at 18 August 2022). Inline translation icons cannot be shown in the matching question dropdowns. You can use the "Missing on this page" report to translate matching questions. <br /> === Grading forms ===<br /> Assignment grading forms currently cannot be translated (as at 18 August 2022).</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=admin/setting/enrolsettingsautoenrol&diff=147523 admin/setting/enrolsettingsautoenrol 2023-12-08T03:27:43Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div>The [https://moodle.org/plugins/enrol_autoenrol AutoEnrol plugin] adds functionality to automatically enrol users onto a course, either as they log in to your Moodle site or as they access a course. This plugin was first intended for use on courses where you want all users to be able to access the course, but can also be configured for more advanced purposes, such as reserved access courses. Using the new user filtering you can think of Autoenrol as a Swiss Army knife for Moodle enrolments.<br /> <br /> See the [https://moodle.org/plugins/enrol_autoenrol AutoEnrol plugin] entry in the Moodle Plugins Directory for further help and information.</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=admin/setting/enrolsettingsautoenrol&diff=147522 admin/setting/enrolsettingsautoenrol 2023-12-08T03:25:23Z

<p>Jgramp: Added a description and updated the link to further info.</p> <hr /> <div>Adds functionality to automatically enrol users onto a course, either as they log in to your Moodle site or as they access a course. This plugin was at first intended for use on courses where you want all users to be able to access the course, but can also be configured for more advanced purposes as reserved access courses. Using the new user filtering you can think of Autoenrol as a Swiss Army knife for Moodle enrolments.<br /> <br /> See the [https://moodle.org/plugins/enrol_autoenrol AutoEnrol plugin] entry in the Moodle Plugins Directory for further help and information.</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=admin/setting/enrolsettingsautoenrol&diff=147521 admin/setting/enrolsettingsautoenrol 2023-12-08T03:23:24Z

<p>Jgramp: Created page with "See the [https://moodle.org/plugins/enrol_autoenrol AutoEnrol plugin details] on the Moodle Plugins Directory."</p> <hr /> <div>See the [https://moodle.org/plugins/enrol_autoenrol AutoEnrol plugin details] on the Moodle Plugins Directory.</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Context&diff=144055 Context 2022-08-15T16:51:08Z

<p>Jgramp: added context level constants in case anything happens to the original forum, and just for easier reference for anyone looking at the data.</p> <hr /> <div>{{Main page}}<br /> A context is a space in Moodle where [[Roles_and_capabilities|roles]] can be assigned. For example, a Moodle site is one context and that contains a number of other contexts within it. A category is a context, within a site context, that contains courses and sub-categories that have a context of their own. <br /> <br /> A [[Courses|course]] may hold, within its own context, an activity, or a [[Question bank]]'s question category, which are also contexts. A context might contain other contexts and Roles can be assigned to each context. <br /> <br /> There is a hierarchy of contexts which helps locate and define a specific space. A course can have many contexts in its space. These might include lesson, assignment, forum and quiz modules and blocks. <br /> <br /> Generally speaking, this hierarchy allows a lower context to receive information from a higher context. Thus a student in the context of Course A, will initially be considered a student in a Quiz context that is located in Course A. Or when a theme has been set for the Biology course categories, that is passed on to Biology 101. <br /> ==Roles and contexts==<br /> A context is combined with role permissions to define a User's [[Roles and capabilities|capabilities]] on any page in Moodle. Typically contexts have their own organization structure which allow a User's role to be passed along to the context "below" but not to the one above it.[[Image:context.png|right|thumb|150px|Each context can have a different role assigned to a User]]<br /> It is possible to assign a user different permissions based upon a specific context. For example, a user might be given the role of "student" for a course but be given a teacher's role in the context of one specific forum. Or a user can be a teacher of one course and a student in another course. <br /> <br /> Many Moodle contexts have a place to grant exceptions to specific roles within that context. Those exceptions are non-transferable from that context. That is, an exception can be applied to the next context downward, but cannot applied sideways nor upward from that context.<br /> <br /> <br /> == Graphic showing contexts within contexts ==<br /> The image below shows a few contexts and their relationships. The "System" or Moodle site is the overall context. The user is defined initially in this context. <br /> *The System context has 2 contexts under it, with other context under them<br /> **The Front page context has<br /> *** An activity module context and<br /> *** A block context within it<br /> **The Course Category context has<br /> ***A Course context within it. The course context has<br /> **** An activity module context and<br /> ****A block context within it<br /> [[Image:Moodle-contexts-1.8.png]]<br /> <br /> (Source: [[Development:Roles#Context]])<br /> ==Another graphic of hierarchy==<br /> [[File:Hierarchycategories.png|thumb|center|Showing the Site > Category > Course contexts but not activities]]<br /> <br /> == Context Level constants ==<br /> The constants for the context levels are described in moodle/lib/accesslib.php:<br /> <br /> * CONTEXT_SYSTEM = 10;<br /> * _USER = 30;<br /> * _COURSECAT = 40;<br /> * _COURSE = 50;<br /> * _MODULE = 70;<br /> * _BLOCK = 80;<br /> <br /> == See also ==<br /> * [[Roles FAQ]]<br /> *[[Course_categories|Course categories context]]<br /> *[https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=138539#p690741 Explanation of the constants for the context levels] forum discussion<br /> [[es:Contexto]]<br /> [[fr:Contextes]]<br /> [[ja:コンテクスト]]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=blocks/workflow/overview&diff=142653 blocks/workflow/overview 2021-12-06T02:17:13Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div>See: [https://docs.moodle.org/en/The_OU_workflow_system workflow system documentation]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=blocks/workflow/overview&diff=142652 blocks/workflow/overview 2021-12-06T02:16:36Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div>See: [[/en/The OU workflow system|workflow system documentation]]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=blocks/workflow/overview&diff=142651 blocks/workflow/overview 2021-12-06T02:14:57Z

<p>Jgramp: Created page with "See: The workflow system documentation"</p> <hr /> <div>See: [[https://docs.moodle.org/en/The_OU_workflow_system|The workflow system documentation]]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=report/myfeedback/install&diff=131119 report/myfeedback/install 2018-05-29T18:31:49Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox plugin<br /> |type = report<br /> |entry = https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=report_myfeedback<br /> |tracker = https://github.com/jgramp/moodle-report_myfeedback/issues<br /> |discussion = Enter the link to the forum or discussion thread<br /> |maintainer = [[User:Jessica Gramp|Jessica Gramp]]<br /> |user documentation = https://docs.moodle.org/31/en/report/myfeedback/index<br /> |float = right<br /> }}<br /> ==About this page==<br /> This is in the installation guide, intended for Moodle site admins. For user guides please see [[report/myfeedback/index]].<br /> <br /> ==About the report==<br /> The Moodle My feedback report appears in the My Profile > Activity Reports menu and allows students to see an overview of all their grades and feedback for assessment activities such as Moodle Assignments, Turnitin Assignments (v1 & v2), Workshops and Quizzes. It provides their visible grades and a link to their submission and any feedback that has been released to them. The My feedback report displays this information in a searchable and sortable table. When clicking a link from this table, the user is directed to that course activity information (in some cases the link will be directly to the submission or feedback files - e.g. Turnitin Assignments open directly in a new window). When clicking on feedback this will usually take you to the user's result page for that activity.<br /> <br /> The report is intended to help students understand the variety of feedback they receive. It can also be used to identify similarities between feedback received from across modules and years to help students see how they can improve their work in future assessments. This is intended to be done in partnership with teaching staff (such as personal tutors at university, or a home group teacher in a school setting). See setting up staff access below.<br /> <br /> ==Install instructions:==<br /> 1. Copy the myfeedback directory to the report directory of your Moodle instance. E.g. moodle/report/myfeedback.<br /> <br /> 2. Login to Moodle as site admin, click on Site Administration > Notifications and verifying that the plugin is listed to be upgraded. Then select 'Upgrade the database'.<br /> <br /> 3. The My feedback settings page will appear. These are the explanation of each field:<br /> <br /> i. The 'Current Academic Year Database Settings' section is to add the replicated database that is used for MyFeedback queries.<br /> <br /> ii. The 'Archived Database Settings' section is as follows:<br /> <br /> '''WARNING:''' The Moodle Archive functionality should be thoroughly tested before being implemented on a production system, to check it does not reveal grades or feedback that have been hidden from students (e.g. by unenrolling them from the course, hiding a section, hiding an activity, hiding a Gradebook entry. Older versions of Moodle may not use the same functionality for checking permissions as the current version where the plugin is installed, so some of these checks may not take place correctly. It is recommended that instead of using the Moodle Archive functionality, you instead install My feedback within each archived instance of Moodle separately, in order to avoid potential issues where students see grades and feedback that they shouldn't.<br /> <br /> >> Archived years - Select the number of years you want the archive to show in the report. Set to zero (0) means it will not check for archived years.<br /> <br /> >> The Archived Fully Qualified domain name is needed so that when users try to view a feedback from an archived year it takes them to the correct archived Moodle site where they can log in and see the feedback in that instance of Moodle for that year. For e.g., looking at feedback for a workshop in the 14/15 academic year would take them to 'https://moodle-archive.com/14-15/mod/workshop/submission.php?cmid=21&id=3'.<br /> <br /> >> The Archived DB naming convention should be set to the name of the archives, minus any years. E.g. 'moodle_archive_' for archives that use this moodle database naming convention (e.g. moodle_archive_1415).<br /> <br /> >> Archived DB Host name is the server where the Archive Moodle exists. E.g. 'moodle-archive.com'.<br /> <br /> >> The Archived DB username and passwords will also need to be entered.<br /> <br /> iii. The 'Dept Admin Second Level Category Course Limit' section sets a course limit on the Dept admin dashboard. This is because when too many courses are queried from a single second level category, this causes a PHP memory error. The PHP memory limit is reached and so we try to limit the amount of courses. Set this to the default of 200.<br /> <br /> iv. The 'Overview Tab Course Limit' section sets a limit on the number of courses that will be displayed on the overview tab of a user when looking at their report. Set this to the default of 10. If the user is enrolled on more than this number of active courses then a '...more' button will be displayed after the limit that is set here, which takes the user to their profile page where they can see the remaining courses.<br /> <br /> 4. Check the language file for the My feedback report reflects language common to your institution, and if not, update the strings in Site Administration > Language> Language customisation. E.g. you might want to change 'module tutor', to 'teacher'.<br /> <br /> 5. Follow the steps below to set up staff access to the report for personal tutors, module tutors and programme admins.<br /> <br /> ==Permissions==<br /> You need to enable permissions for each role you wish to access the report. E.g. students, teachers, personal tutors<br /> <br /> ===Set up the My feedback roles for student access===<br /> You will need to modify the '''student''' role to enable students to access the report:<br /> <br /> *Student<br /> **report/myfeedback:student<br /> <br /> If staff are also enrolled as students on any Moodle course, they will see this appear in their own report, alongside the My students tab and other dashboard(s) that enable them an overview of their students' feedback and grades.<br /> Staff access (teachers, personal tutors and programme administrators) need to be configured further.<br /> <br /> ===Set up the My feedback roles for staff access===<br /> Log in as a site admin and go to Site Administration> Users > Permission > Define Roles.<br /> At the bottom of the page 'Add a new role' with the following permissions enabled:<br /> <br /> * Personal tutor (User role):<br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:personaltutor<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:readuserblogs (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:readuserposts (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewalldetails (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewuseractivitiesreport (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewdetails (optional)<br /> <br /> * Programme administrator (Category and Course role):<br /> ** Allow enrol/category:synchronised<br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:progadmin<br /> <br /> #The programme administrator role can be used to assign staff at category level to all courses within the category using the category enrolments plugin. See: [[Category_enrolments]]<br /> It may be possible to use this role using Cohorts, but this has not been tested yet. If you do know if this works or not, please update this help file to reflect this - thank you.<br /> <br /> * MyFeedback usage reports (System role):<br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:usage<br /> <br /> You will also need to modify the '''teacher''' and '''non-editing teacher''' role to enable teacher (known as 'module tutor'#) access to the report:<br /> <br /> * Teacher / non-editing teacher (referred to as module tutor# in the report):<br /> ** Allow gradereport/myfeedbacklink:view<br /> <br /> This will enable anyone who is enrolled as a teacher, or non-editing teacher, to see feedback and grades from any '''courses they teach''' in the report. Feedback and grades for each student that reside within courses the teacher does not teach upon will not be visible. This is done deliberately in an attempt to avoid staff looking at student progress in other courses and letting this bias the marking process. However, if the staff member is also a personal tutor they will get a full view across moodle courses within the report, regardless of whether they are teaching these courses, but '''only for those students who are their personal tutees'''. This is to enable personal tutors to provide full support to students within personal tutoring meetings.<br /> <br /> #The names of the reports can be changed in the strings to match the terms used at your institution. To do this, log in as a site admin and use the language editing interface in Site Administration > Language> Language customisation.<br /> <br /> ===Personal Tutor access===<br /> To set up personal tutor access, the staff member needs to be assigned as a personal tutor of each student they are supporting, using the 'assign roles relative to this user' in each student's profile. <br /> See [https://docs.moodle.org/23/en/Parent_role#Assigning_the_parent_to_the_student|Assigning_the_parent_to_the_student].<br /> <br /> Assigning parent roles can be automated using the dbuserrel plugin. See: [https://moodle.org/plugins/enrol_dbuserrel|https://moodle.org/plugins/enrol_dbuserrel]<br /> <br /> ==How do users access the report==<br /> Once installed, the report can be accessed via the user profile (Reports > My Feedback).<br /> Access is controlled by the user context, teachers will be able to see grades and feedback for students enrolled on the courses that they teach.<br /> Students (who aren't also teachers) can only see their own grades. Programme Administrators can see all grades for all students in the category they have been assigned access to (unless permissions prohibit this).<br /> <br /> This is what the feedback comments tab looks like.<br /> [[File:Moodle31-MyFeedback-FeedbackComments.PNG]]<br /> For more user guidance, please see [[report/myfeedback/index]].<br /> <br /> [[Category:Report]]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=report/myfeedback/install&diff=131118 report/myfeedback/install 2018-05-29T18:26:37Z

<p>Jgramp: Created page with "{{Infobox plugin |type = report |entry = https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=report_myfeedback |tracker = https://github.com/jgramp/moodle-report_myfeedback/issues |dis..."</p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox plugin<br /> |type = report<br /> |entry = https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=report_myfeedback<br /> |tracker = https://github.com/jgramp/moodle-report_myfeedback/issues<br /> |discussion = Enter the link to the forum or discussion thread<br /> |maintainer = [[User:Jessica Gramp|Jessica Gramp]]<br /> |user documentation = https://docs.moodle.org/31/en/report/myfeedback/index<br /> |float = right<br /> }}<br /> ==About this page==<br /> This is in the installation guide, intended for Moodle site admins. For user guides please see [[report/myfeedback/index]].<br /> <br /> ==About the report==<br /> The Moodle My feedback report appears in the My Profile > Activity Reports menu and allows students to see an overview of all their grades and feedback for assessment activities such as Moodle Assignments, Turnitin Assignments (v1 & v2), Workshops and Quizzes. It provides their visible grades and a link to their submission and any feedback that has been released to them. The My feedback report displays this information in a searchable and sortable table. When clicking a link from this table, the user is directed to that course activity information (in some cases the link will be directly to the submission or feedback files - e.g. Turnitin Assignments open directly in a new window). When clicking on feedback this will usually take you to the user's result page for that activity.<br /> <br /> The report is intended to help students understand the variety of feedback they receive. It can also be used to identify similarities between feedback received from across modules and years to help students see how they can improve their work in future assessments. This is intended to be done in partnership with teaching staff (such as personal tutors at university, or a home group teacher in a school setting). See setting up staff access below.<br /> <br /> ==Install instructions:==<br /> 1. Copy the myfeedback directory to the report directory of your Moodle instance. E.g. moodle/report/myfeedback.<br /> <br /> 2. Login to Moodle as site admin, click on Site Administration > Notifications and verifying that the plugin is listed to be upgraded. Then select 'Upgrade the database'.<br /> <br /> 3. The My feedback settings page will appear. These are the explanation of each field:<br /> <br /> i. The 'Current Academic Year Database Settings' section is to add the replicated database that is used for MyFeedback queries.<br /> <br /> ii. The 'Archived Database Settings' section is as follows:<br /> <br /> '''WARNING:''' The Moodle Archive functionality should be thoroughly tested before being implemented on a production system, to check it does not reveal grades or feedback that have been hidden from students (e.g. by unenrolling them from the course, hiding a section, hiding an activity, hiding a Gradebook entry. Older versions of Moodle may not use the same functionality for checking permissions as the current version where the plugin is installed, so some of these checks may not take place correctly. It is recommended that instead of using the Moodle Archive functionality, you instead install My feedback within each archived instance of Moodle separately, in order to avoid potential issues where students see grades and feedback that they shouldn't.<br /> <br /> >> Archived years - Select the number of years you want the archive to show in the report. Set to zero (0) means it will not check for archived years.<br /> <br /> >> The Archived Fully Qualified domain name is needed so that when users try to view a feedback from an archived year it takes them to the correct archived Moodle site where they can log in and see the feedback in that instance of Moodle for that year. For e.g., looking at feedback for a workshop in the 14/15 academic year would take them to 'https://moodle-archive.com/14-15/mod/workshop/submission.php?cmid=21&id=3'.<br /> <br /> >> The Archived DB naming convention should be set to the name of the archives, minus any years. E.g. 'moodle_archive_' for archives that use this moodle database naming convention (e.g. moodle_archive_1415).<br /> <br /> >> Archived DB Host name is the server where the Archive Moodle exists. E.g. 'moodle-archive.com'.<br /> <br /> >> The Archived DB username and passwords will also need to be entered.<br /> <br /> iii. The 'Dept Admin Second Level Category Course Limit' section sets a course limit on the Dept admin dashboard. This is because when too many courses are queried from a single second level category, this causes a PHP memory error. The PHP memory limit is reached and so we try to limit the amount of courses. Set this to the default of 200.<br /> <br /> iv. The 'Overview Tab Course Limit' section sets a limit on the number of courses that will be displayed on the overview tab of a user when looking at their report. Set this to the default of 10. If the user is enrolled on more than this number of active courses then a '...more' button will be displayed after the limit that is set here, which takes the user to their profile page where they can see the remaining courses.<br /> <br /> 4. Check the language file for the My feedback report reflects language common to your institution, and if not, update the strings in Site Administration > Language> Language customisation. E.g. you might want to change 'module tutor', to 'teacher'.<br /> <br /> 5. Follow the steps below to set up staff access to the report for personal tutors, module tutors and programme admins.<br /> <br /> ==Setting up Access==<br /> Student access to the report is available as soon as you install it. If staff are also enrolled as students on any Moodle course, they will see this appear in their own report, alongside the My students tab and other dashboard(s) that enable them an overview of their students' feedback and grades.<br /> Staff access (teachers, personal tutors and programme administrators) need to be configured.<br /> <br /> ===Set up the My feedback roles for staff access===<br /> Log in as a site admin and go to Site Administration> Users > Permission > Define Roles.<br /> At the bottom of the page 'Add a new role' with the following permissions enabled:<br /> <br /> * Personal tutor (User role):<br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:personaltutor<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:readuserblogs (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:readuserposts (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewalldetails (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewuseractivitiesreport (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewdetails (optional)<br /> <br /> * Programme administrator (Category and Course role):<br /> ** Allow enrol/category:synchronised<br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:progadmin<br /> <br /> #The programme administrator role can be used to assign staff at category level to all courses within the category using the category enrolments plugin. See: [[Category_enrolments]]<br /> It may be possible to use this role using Cohorts, but this has not been tested yet. If you do know if this works or not, please update this help file to reflect this - thank you.<br /> <br /> * MyFeedback usage reports (System role):<br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:usage<br /> <br /> You will also need to modify the '''teacher''' and '''non-editing teacher''' role to enable teacher (known as 'module tutor'#) access to the report:<br /> <br /> * Teacher / non-editing teacher (referred to as module tutor# in the report):<br /> ** Allow gradereport/myfeedbacklink:view<br /> <br /> This will enable anyone who is enrolled as a teacher, or non-editing teacher, to see feedback and grades from any '''courses they teach''' in the report. Feedback and grades for each student that reside within courses the teacher does not teach upon will not be visible. This is done deliberately in an attempt to avoid staff looking at student progress in other courses and letting this bias the marking process. However, if the staff member is also a personal tutor they will get a full view across moodle courses within the report, regardless of whether they are teaching these courses, but '''only for those students who are their personal tutees'''. This is to enable personal tutors to provide full support to students within personal tutoring meetings.<br /> <br /> You will also need to modify the '''student''' role to enable students to access the report:<br /> <br /> *Student<br /> **report/myfeedback:student<br /> <br /> #The names of the reports can be changed in the strings to match the terms used at your institution. To do this, log in as a site admin and use the language editing interface in Site Administration > Language> Language customisation.<br /> <br /> ===Personal Tutor access===<br /> To set up personal tutor access, the staff member needs to be assigned as a personal tutor of each student they are supporting, using the 'assign roles relative to this user' in each student's profile. <br /> See [https://docs.moodle.org/23/en/Parent_role#Assigning_the_parent_to_the_student|Assigning_the_parent_to_the_student].<br /> <br /> Assigning parent roles can be automated using the dbuserrel plugin. See: [https://moodle.org/plugins/enrol_dbuserrel|https://moodle.org/plugins/enrol_dbuserrel]<br /> <br /> ==How do users access the report==<br /> Once installed, the report can be accessed via the user profile (Reports > My Feedback).<br /> Access is controlled by the user context, teachers will be able to see grades and feedback for students enrolled on the courses that they teach.<br /> Students (who aren't also teachers) can only see their own grades. Programme Administrators can see all grades for all students in the category they have been assigned access to (unless permissions prohibit this).<br /> <br /> This is what the feedback comments tab looks like.<br /> [[File:Moodle31-MyFeedback-FeedbackComments.PNG]]<br /> For more user guidance, please see [[report/myfeedback/index]].<br /> <br /> [[Category:Report]]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=report/myfeedback/index&diff=130837 report/myfeedback/index 2018-04-14T10:32:10Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div>=Moodle My Feedback=<br /> When installed, the Moodle My Feedback report appears in the My Profile > Activity Reports menu and allows students to see an overview of all their grades and feedback for assessment activities such as Moodle Assignments, Turnitin Assignments (v1 & v2), Workshops and Quizzes. It provides their visible grades and a link to their submission and any feedback that has been released to them.<br /> <br /> The report can be accessed via the user profile (Activity Reports > My Feedback report). Access is controlled by the user context, teacher will be able to see this user's grades for the courses that they are teacher in Users can only see their own grades Admin and manager can see all grades for all users (unless permissions prohibit this)<br /> <br /> The report is intended to help students understand the variety of feedback they receive. It can also be used to identify similarities between feedback received from across modules and years to help students see how they can improve their work in future assessments.]<br /> <br /> <br /> ==What is My Feedback?==<br /> My Feedback is a single-view report that enables different staff and student roles to view a report of grades and feedback recorded in Moodle, across modules. The report includes Moodle Assignments, Turnitin Assignments, Workshops, Quizzes and Grade items entered directly in the Moodle course Gradebook.<br /> The report provides links to submissions and any feedback that has been released to students.<br /> Watch the video on how students can use the My Feedback report: <br /> <br /> {{MediaPlayer | url = https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gI9Mq4qsFPs}}<br /> <br /> ==Installation==<br /> <br /> The plugin is available for download from: https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=report_MyFeedback and the installation guide is available at: https://docs.moodle.org/33/en/report/myfeedback/install<br /> <br /> ==Who can use it?==<br /> When installed and enabled, My Feedback is available to students, personal tutors, teachers and departmental administrators.<br /> <br /> Students can view feedback and grades from their assessments across all their UCL Moodle courses.<br /> * Personal tutors can see their tutees' full My Feedback reports across all the modules their students are studying. Note: personal tutors will not be able to link through to assessments on courses they do not have tutor access to. Personal tutors are assigned to students using the Moodle Parent role functionality.<br /> * Teachers can see M yFeedback reports for their students containing assessment information for any modules they teach and/or assess. They will not see any assessments for modules they do not teach (unless they have been granted teacher access to those Moodle courses).<br /> * Departmental administrators can see My Feedback reports for all the Moodle courses within categories where they have been assigned departmental administrator access in Moodle. Categories in Moodle will either be for the entire department, or might be broken down further into undergraduate and postgraduate modules. This feature assumes your Moodle installation makes use of category enrolments.<br /> <br /> ==How can staff give feedback that is visible in the report?==<br /> To make the most of My Feedback, teachers and markers need to use Moodle in ways that makes the information visible within the report. Many of these suggestions also make assessment feedback more visible to students generally. <br /> Note: If deciding between Moodle Assignments and Turnitin Assignment, be aware that Turnitin feedback cannot be shown directly in the My Feedback report and requires the student to copy and paste this in, so Moodle Assignment feedback is more visible in the report.<br /> <br /> Below are some tips for how to make feedback visible within each type of assessment<br /> shown within the report.<br /> <br /> ===Moodle Assignments===<br /> - Grades must be entered in the grade box (as opposed to being embedded within a document, or the feedback comments area). Otherwise it won't be shown in the grade column in the report. Moodle Assignments support numeric, letter and scale grades.<br /> - General feedback should be entered into the feedback comments area, rather than embedded in a document, as only feedback added in this box will be visible within the 'feedback comments' section of the report.<br /> - Rubric or marking guide comments should be entered directly into the Advanced Grading section of the Moodle Assignment (rather than being attached in a separate document) in order for this feedback to display in the 'feedback comments' section of the report.<br /> - If you provide inline comments / tracked changes within the paper via feedback files, tell students this in the feedback comments, so they know to look for it.<br /> - Students who are granted extensions need to have this set up within the Assignment's 'view submissions' page, otherwise their submission will display in the report as late.<br /> <br /> ===Turnitin Assignments===<br />  Grades must be entered in the grade (/100) area (in the top, right corner) in order to appear<br /> in the grade column of the report. That means if you are using letter grades written directly<br /> into the general comments area, these will not show in the report and will only be visible to<br /> students when they click through to the Turnitin assignment via the 'view feedback' link.<br />  All other feedback (inline 'QuickMark' comments, general 'text comments' and<br /> 'rubrics'/'grading forms') will only be visible to students when they click on the 'view<br /> feedback' link. If they want to see any of this directly in the 'feedback comments' section of<br /> the report, they will need to copy and paste this in manually.<br /> <br /> ===Quizzes===<br />  Provide overall feedback in the quiz settings, that points students to reviewing each quiz<br /> question for detailed feedback relating to that question. You can provide feedback within<br /> certain grade boundaries by adding more feedback fields and entering the percentages in<br /> the grade boundary boxes. E.g. If they pass the quiz with a high score you might want to add<br /> some positive comments and if they fail the quiz, point them to further readings or<br /> resources.<br />  Provide detailed feedback for each quiz question in the general feedback section, rather<br /> than the incorrect or correct sections, as someone who got a question right may not fully<br /> understand why and may want to review this.<br />  Students who are granted extensions for quizzes with a deadline need to have this set up<br /> within the group or user overrides section of the quiz, otherwise their attempt will display in<br /> the report as late.<br /> <br /> ===Workshops===<br />  Provide overall feedback for the group in the Workshop settings, under Feedback, in<br /> the conclusion area. This will appear for all students in the 'feedback comments' section of<br /> the report.<br /> <br /> ===Manual grade items===<br />  If you add grades directly to the Moodle Gradebook (for example to provide feedback for an oral presentation) you should ideally upload a single grade for the entire assessment, rather<br /> than uploading a grade for each criterion. Uploading a separate grade for each criterion will<br /> result in students having to sift through many grade entries for a single assessment.<br /> <br /> ===Grades entered directly in Gradebook===<br />  Grades that are entered or overridden directly in the Moodle Gradebook for an existing activity, will appear in the report, overwriting the grade within the assignment, workshop or quiz.<br /> <br /> ==How do I access and use the report?==<br /> The Moodle My Feedback report can be accessed from the My Profile > Activity Reports menu. You can access your profile by clicking on your name, in the top, right corner of Moodle.<br /> <br /> If you are both a student and a teacher, you can view your own report as well as the reports of those you teach.<br /> <br /> [[Image:3. MyFeedbackLinkfromProfile.png|800px|center|My Feedback link from Moodle Profile|link=https://docs.moodle.org/31/en/images_en/a/a9/3._MyFeedbackLinkfromProfile.png]]<br /> <br /> <br /> ===Overview tab===<br /> The '''overview tab''' lists all feedback and/or grades a student has received from any Moodle Assignments, Turnitin Assignments, Workshops and Quizzes within a particular academic year. <br /> As seen in the screenshot below, the My Feedback report table can be filtered, exported to excel and the current view printed.<br /> However, please note that assessments without a grade or feedback will neither be displayed on the dashboard nor the exported excel report. <br /> The assessment table shown lists the following:<br /> * Module that the assessment belongs to<br /> * Name of the assessment<br /> * Assessment type<br /> * Assessment due date<br /> * Submission date<br /> * Full feedback (a link is provided, which presents the Student's submitted assessment with feedback attached)<br /> * Assessment grade<br /> * Range (the number of marks available for the assessment)<br /> * A bar graph indicating how close the Student was to achieving the highest mark for the assessment<br /> <br /> [[File:1.My_feedback_v2.7_overview.png|800px|center|My Feedback overview tab|link=https://docs.moodle.org/31/en/images_en/3/3f/1.My_feedback_v2.7_overview.png]]<br /> <br /> ===Feedback Comments tab===<br /> The Feedback comments tab shows general feedback* from a student's Module Tutors for each assessment, as well as selected grading rubric levels and marking guide comments from Moodle Assignments.<br /> Overall feedback from Moodle quizzes is also provided. In depth quiz feedback will usually be found within the attempt alongside each question. To see this click the 'View last attempt' link in the Full Feedback column. For other assessment types click the 'View feedback' link in the Full Feedback column to see contextualised feedback for the assessment. E.g. the level you obtained alongside other grading levels within a rubric, in text comments added directly to your assessment etc.<br /> <br /> Students can add self-reflective notes against your graded assessments, which can be viewed by your Personal Tutor and Departmental Administrator.<br /> <br /> The date students viewed the feedback from an assessment is also displayed, allowing tutors to easily determine whether their comments are being read. Feedback that has not been viewed by the student will have a cross displayed beside it.<br /> <br /> *If the assessment is a Turnitin assignment, general feedback cannot be displayed automatically, however you can copy and paste comments from the original feedback provided on your Turnitin assignment if you would find it useful to view this feedback alongside other assessments.<br /> <br /> [[File:Moodle31-MyFeedback-FeedbackComments.PNG|800px|center|My Feedback Feedback Comments tab|link=https://docs.moodle.org/31/en/images_en/9/97/Moodle31-MyFeedback-FeedbackComments.PNG]]<br /> <br /> ===Personal Tutor tab===<br /> The Personal tutor tab holds the contact information for the Personal Tutor assigned to a Student.<br /> <br /> ===My students tab ===<br /> This tab is visible to anyone who is a teacher on a Moodle course, who has been assigned as a Personal Tutor to a student using Moodle parent roles, or who has departmental administrator access to My Feedback.<br /> <br /> The My students tab lists all of the student's linked to the modules assigned to a teacher. You will need to click the 'Show all students checkbox' to see the students you teach. By default only those students you are a Personal Tutor for will display. You can search for a student by name in the Search box.<br /> Assessment information for a particular student can be viewed by clicking on the student's name.<br /> <br /> [[Image:MyStudents.PNG|800px|center|My Feedback My students tab|link=https://docs.moodle.org/31/en/images_en/9/9b/MyStudents.PNG]]<br /> <br /> ===Personal Tutor dashboard===<br /> <br /> The Personal Tutor dashboard is visible to anyone who has been granted the Personal Tutor parent role to one or more students in Moodle.<br /> <br /> The Personal tutor dashboard displays all of a students assigned to a personal tutor. From this screen, personal tutors are able to send multiple (blind) emails to their tutees.<br /> The summary table shown in the image above lists the following:<br /> Personal tutee/ module names<br /> The number of assessments submitted by the tutee for the module (to date)<br /> The number of non-submissions by the tutee<br /> The number of late submissions by the tutee<br /> The number of graded assessments for the tutee<br /> The number of assessments that the tutee has received low grades for (less than 50%) of the total mark<br /> <br /> Clicking on a student's name will lead to their respective Overview page, providing a summary of their performance in the modules they are studying. The Feedback comments tab will also become available <br /> Note: To return to your own My Feedback dashboard after viewing a student report, click on the View own dashboard button.<br /> <br /> [[Image:Personal_tutor_dashboard.PNG|800px|center|My Feedback Personal Tutor Dashboard|link=https://docs.moodle.org/31/en/images_en/5/51/Personal_tutor_dashboard.PNG]]<br /> <br /> ===Module Tutor dashboard===<br /> The Module tutor dashboard is visible to anyone who is a teacher on a moodle course.<br /> <br /> * The Module tutor (aka Teacher) dashboard provides a breakdown of students' performance in the modules assigned to a teacher. This view can be toggled between an Assessment breakdown and a Student breakdown.<br /> * The Assessment breakdown organises student grades according to their module of study, while the Student breakdown lists each student by name and the number of assessments they have been given. <br /> * Teachers can gain further insight into the assessment information of individual students by clicking on the student's name. They will then see the My Feedback report for that student.<br /> <br /> Note: To return to your own My Feedback dashboard after viewing a student report, click on the View own dashboard button.<br /> <br /> [[File:Module tutor dashboard.PNG|800px|center|My Feedback Module Tutor Dashboard tab|link=https://docs.moodle.org/31/en/images_en/b/b1/Module_tutor_dashboard.PNG]]<br /> <br /> ===Departmental Admin Dashboard===<br /> For those institutions using category level enrolments you may have access to the My Feedback Department Admin Dashboard.<br /> <br /> * The Departmental admin dashboard displays assessment statistics for the courses and modules linked to a Departmental admin, depending on the course level filter selected.<br /> * The report view can also be toggled to show statistics per assessment, module or module tutor. <br /> * The Assessment breakdown organises student grades according to their module of study, while the Student breakdown lists each student by name and the number of assessments they have been given. <br /> * Staff can gain further insight into the assessment information of individual students by clicking on the student's name.<br /> * The Module tutor stats toggle allows Departmental admins to view the performance of Module tutors for each of their tutor groups.<br /> <br /> Note: To return to your own My Feedback dashboard after viewing a student report, click on the View own dashboard button.<br /> <br /> [[Image:Departmental_Admin_dashboard.PNG|800px|center|My Feedback Departmental Administrator Dashboard|link=https://docs.moodle.org/31/en/images_en/2/21/Departmental_Admin_dashboard.PNG]]<br /> <br /> ===Usage dashboard===<br /> The usage reports shows how students and staff have been using the My Feedback usage reports. The data can be printed and exported to excel for further analysis.<br /> <br /> There are a number of reports that can be run.<br /> * Category students overview: This report shows an overview of student usage within a category.<br /> * Category staff overview: This report shows an overview of staff usage within a category.<br /> * Category students: This report shows a list of students and their individual usage within a category.<br /> * Category staff: This report shows a list of staff and their individual usage within a category.<br /> * Course students overview: This report shows an overview of student usage within each course within a particular Category.<br /> * Course staff overview: This report shows an overview of staff usage within each course within a particular category.<br /> * Course students: This report shows a list of students and their individual usage within a course.<br /> * Course staff: This report shows a list of staff and their individual usage within a course.<br /> * Student: This report shows the usage of an individual student across all their courses.<br /> * Staff member: This report shows the usage of an individual staff member across all their courses.<br /> * Personal tutees: This report shows an overview of a tutor\'s personal tutees and their My Feedback activity.<br /> <br /> ==Frequently Asked Questions==<br /> <br /> ===Q. Why can't students see their grades and feedback in the My Feedback report?===<br /> A. There are a number of reasons grades and feedback might not be showing in the My Feedback report. The easiest way to check what should be seen in the report is to ask students what they see in the course gradebook (Settings block > Course Administration > Grades). The same grades should also display in My Feedback. <br /> If the grades are not showing in the Gradebook, they will not show in My Feedback either. There are several reasons why they may not be visible:<br /> The Moodle course has been hidden from students.<br /> The students are no longer enrolled on the course.<br /> The ‘Show gradebook to students’ has been set to ‘No’ in the course settings, which means the course Gradebook is hidden from students and no grades or feedback will appear for this course in the My Feedback report.<br /> The grade item (or category it sits within) has been hidden manually, or until a certain date in the Gradebook.The Moodle course section where the assessment item is located has been hidden, or access has been restricted to particular students.<br /> The assessment item (assignment, quiz etc.) has been hidden from students.<br /> The grades have not yet been revealed to students (check the Turnitin Assignment post date; quiz review options; Moodle Assignment with marking workflow is set to 'released').<br /> <br /> Additionally, Turnitin feedback cannot be seen directly in the 'Feedback comments' tab of the report unless student's copy it in manually from their Turnitin assignment.<br /> <br /> Note: Only those with edit access to the Moodle courses in question will be able to check why the grades aren't displaying. This means if you are a personal tutor and don't have access to the Moodle courses in question you will need to speak to the teacher of the course, or to a Moodle Administrator.<br /> <br /> ===Q. How do I obtain Departmental Administrator access to the My Feedback report?===<br /> Please speak to your Moodle Administrator about whether your institution uses Moodle category level enrolments and if so, how you can get access as a departmental administrator to the report.<br /> <br /> ==Glossary of terms used in My Feedback==<br /> {| class="nicetable"<br /> |-<br /> ! Term<br /> ! Definition<br /> ! Visible to<br /> |-<br /> | Assessment<br /> | A set piece of assigned work or an item for which a student is given a grade and/or feedback with a Moodle course. Types of assessment are:<br /> * Moodle assignment (including offline assignments)<br /> * Turnitin assignment<br /> * Workshop (for peer assessment)<br /> * Quiz<br /> * Manual item (grade entered into gradebook for in-class activities, such as presentations)<br /> Staff are provided a total number of assessments a student should have submitted thus far on the Personal tutor, Module tutor and Departmental Administrator dashboards.<br /> | Students & staff<br /> |-<br /> | Course<br /> | The Moodle course that contains each assessment that appears in the My Feedback report. A course is an area in Moodle, often used to share module information, however it can also be used for other purposes (e.g to represent a programme, project, prelab activity or professional development course). The report will show the course name with a link to the course, but only those with access to the course will be able to view the course itself and the actual assessment pages it contains. Personal Tutors and Departmental Admins will see all course information in the report, but module tutors (or teachers) are restricted to only seeing courses in the report that they teach upon.<br /> | Students and any enrolled staff<br /> |-<br /> | Departmental administrator<br /> | A member of staff who has oversight for a particular department or programme in an administrative, senior teaching or management capacity (e.g. programme administrator, departmental/teaching administrator, module leader, departmental tutor, faculty tutor, programme tutor, programme director, head of department, director of studies or programme leader).<br /> | n/a<br /> |-<br /> | Formative and summative assessment<br /> | Formative assessment takes place throughout the course. It has a developmental purpose and is designed to help students to learn more effectively via set pieces of work and giving students feedback on their performance and how it can be improved and/or maintained. Formative assessment is reflective practice and does not usually contribute to the course grade at the end of the year. Any coursework that counts towards the final grade is known as 'summative' feedback.<br /> | Staff and students<br /> |-<br /> | Graded assessments<br /> | The number of assessments graded thus far, with feedback visible to students.<br /> | Staff via dashboards<br /> |-<br /> | Late submissions<br /> | The number of assignments that have been submitted after the deadline.<br /> Note: assignment and quiz deadlines can be amended to give individuals extensions. If this is done, the report takes this into account when determining the number of late submissions. However, not all departments use this feature in Moodle, so this should kept in mind when viewing this data.<br /> | Staff via dashboards<br /> |-<br /> | Low graded assessments<br /> | The number of assessments (where the grades have been released to students) with a score below 50%.<br /> | Staff via dashboards<br /> |-<br /> | Non-submissions<br /> | The number of missed submissions for due assessments.<br /> | Staff via dashboards<br /> |}<br /> <br /> [[Category:Report]]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=report/myfeedback/index&diff=130836 report/myfeedback/index 2018-04-14T10:22:18Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div>=Moodle My Feedback=<br /> When installed, the Moodle My Feedback report appears in the My Profile > Activity Reports menu and allows students to see an overview of all their grades and feedback for assessment activities such as Moodle Assignments, Turnitin Assignments (v1 & v2), Workshops and Quizzes. It provides their visible grades and a link to their submission and any feedback that has been released to them.<br /> <br /> The report can be accessed via the user profile (Activity Reports > My Feedback report). Access is controlled by the user context, teacher will be able to see this user's grades for the courses that they are teacher in Users can only see their own grades Admin and manager can see all grades for all users (unless permissions prohibit this)<br /> <br /> The report is intended to help students understand the variety of feedback they receive. It can also be used to identify similarities between feedback received from across modules and years to help students see how they can improve their work in future assessments.]<br /> <br /> <br /> ==What is My Feedback?==<br /> My Feedback is a single-view report that enables different staff and student roles to view a report of grades and feedback recorded in Moodle, across modules. The report includes Moodle Assignments, Turnitin Assignments, Workshops, Quizzes and Grade items entered directly in the Moodle course Gradebook.<br /> The report provides links to submissions and any feedback that has been released to students.<br /> Watch the video on how students can use the My Feedback report: <br /> <br /> {{MediaPlayer | url = https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gI9Mq4qsFPs}}<br /> <br /> ==Installation==<br /> <br /> The plugin is available for download from: https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=report_MyFeedback and the installation guide is available at: https://docs.moodle.org/33/en/report/myfeedback/install<br /> <br /> ==Who can use it?==<br /> When installed and enabled, My Feedback is available to students, personal tutors, teachers and departmental administrators.<br /> <br /> Students can view feedback and grades from their assessments across all their UCL Moodle courses.<br /> - Personal tutors can see their tutees' full My Feedback reports across all the modules their students are studying. Note: personal tutors will not be able to link through to assessments on courses they do not have tutor access to. Personal tutors are assigned to students using the Moodle Parent role functionality.<br /> - Teachers can see M yFeedback reports for their students containing assessment information for any modules they teach and/or assess. They will not see any assessments for modules they do not teach (unless they have been granted teacher access to those Moodle courses).<br /> Departmental administrators can see My Feedback reports for all the Moodle courses within categories where they have been assigned departmental administrator access in Moodle. Categories in Moodle will either be for the entire department, or might be broken down further into undergraduate and postgraduate modules. This feature assumes your Moodle installation makes use of category enrolments.<br /> <br /> ==How can staff give feedback that is visible in the report?==<br /> To make the most of My Feedback, teachers and markers need to use Moodle in ways that makes the information visible within the report. Many of these suggestions also make assessment feedback more visible to students generally. <br /> Note: If deciding between Moodle Assignments and Turnitin Assignment, be aware that Turnitin feedback cannot be shown directly in the My Feedback report and requires the student to copy and paste this in, so Moodle Assignment feedback is more visible in the report.<br /> <br /> Below are some tips for how to make feedback visible within each type of assessment<br /> shown within the report.<br /> <br /> ===Moodle Assignments===<br /> - Grades must be entered in the grade box (as opposed to being embedded within a document, or the feedback comments area). Otherwise it won't be shown in the grade column in the report. Moodle Assignments support numeric, letter and scale grades.<br /> - General feedback should be entered into the feedback comments area, rather than embedded in a document, as only feedback added in this box will be visible within the 'feedback comments' section of the report.<br /> - Rubric or marking guide comments should be entered directly into the Advanced Grading section of the Moodle Assignment (rather than being attached in a separate document) in order for this feedback to display in the 'feedback comments' section of the report.<br /> - If you provide inline comments / tracked changes within the paper via feedback files, tell students this in the feedback comments, so they know to look for it.<br /> - Students who are granted extensions need to have this set up within the Assignment's 'view submissions' page, otherwise their submission will display in the report as late.<br /> <br /> ===Turnitin Assignments===<br />  Grades must be entered in the grade (/100) area (in the top, right corner) in order to appear<br /> in the grade column of the report. That means if you are using letter grades written directly<br /> into the general comments area, these will not show in the report and will only be visible to<br /> students when they click through to the Turnitin assignment via the 'view feedback' link.<br />  All other feedback (inline 'QuickMark' comments, general 'text comments' and<br /> 'rubrics'/'grading forms') will only be visible to students when they click on the 'view<br /> feedback' link. If they want to see any of this directly in the 'feedback comments' section of<br /> the report, they will need to copy and paste this in manually.<br /> <br /> ===Quizzes===<br />  Provide overall feedback in the quiz settings, that points students to reviewing each quiz<br /> question for detailed feedback relating to that question. You can provide feedback within<br /> certain grade boundaries by adding more feedback fields and entering the percentages in<br /> the grade boundary boxes. E.g. If they pass the quiz with a high score you might want to add<br /> some positive comments and if they fail the quiz, point them to further readings or<br /> resources.<br />  Provide detailed feedback for each quiz question in the general feedback section, rather<br /> than the incorrect or correct sections, as someone who got a question right may not fully<br /> understand why and may want to review this.<br />  Students who are granted extensions for quizzes with a deadline need to have this set up<br /> within the group or user overrides section of the quiz, otherwise their attempt will display in<br /> the report as late.<br /> <br /> ===Workshops===<br />  Provide overall feedback for the group in the Workshop settings, under Feedback, in<br /> the conclusion area. This will appear for all students in the 'feedback comments' section of<br /> the report.<br /> <br /> ===Manual grade items===<br />  If you add grades directly to the Moodle Gradebook (for example to provide feedback for an oral presentation) you should ideally upload a single grade for the entire assessment, rather<br /> than uploading a grade for each criterion. Uploading a separate grade for each criterion will<br /> result in students having to sift through many grade entries for a single assessment.<br /> <br /> ===Grades entered directly in Gradebook===<br />  Grades that are entered or overridden directly in the Moodle Gradebook for an existing activity, will appear in the report, overwriting the grade within the assignment, workshop or quiz.<br /> <br /> ==How do I access and use the report?==<br /> The Moodle My Feedback report can be accessed from the My Profile > Activity Reports menu. You can access your profile by clicking on your name, in the top, right corner of Moodle.<br /> <br /> If you are both a student and a teacher, you can view your own report as well as the reports of those you teach.<br /> <br /> [[Image:3. MyFeedbackLinkfromProfile.png|800px|center|My Feedback link from Moodle Profile|link=https://docs.moodle.org/31/en/images_en/a/a9/3._MyFeedbackLinkfromProfile.png]]<br /> <br /> <br /> ===Overview tab===<br /> The '''overview tab''' lists all feedback and/or grades a student has received from any Moodle Assignments, Turnitin Assignments, Workshops and Quizzes within a particular academic year. <br /> As seen in the screenshot below, the My Feedback report table can be filtered, exported to excel and the current view printed.<br /> However, please note that assessments without a grade or feedback will neither be displayed on the dashboard nor the exported excel report. <br /> The assessment table shown lists the following:<br /> Module that the assessment belongs to<br /> Name of the assessment<br /> Assessment type<br /> Assessment due date<br /> Submission date<br /> Full feedback (a link is provided, which presents the Student's submitted assessment with feedback attached)<br /> Assessment grade<br /> Range (the number of marks available for the assessment)<br /> A bar graph indicating how close the Student was to achieving the highest mark for the assessment<br /> <br /> [[File:1.My_feedback_v2.7_overview.png|800px|center|My Feedback overview tab|link=https://docs.moodle.org/31/en/images_en/3/3f/1.My_feedback_v2.7_overview.png]]<br /> <br /> ===Feedback Comments tab===<br /> The Feedback comments tab shows general feedback* from a student's Module Tutors for each assessment, as well as selected grading rubric levels and marking guide comments from Moodle Assignments.<br /> Overall feedback from Moodle quizzes is also provided. In depth quiz feedback will usually be found within the attempt alongside each question. To see this click the 'View last attempt' link in the Full Feedback column. For other assessment types click the 'View feedback' link in the Full Feedback column to see contextualised feedback for the assessment. E.g. the level you obtained alongside other grading levels within a rubric, in text comments added directly to your assessment etc.<br /> <br /> Students can add self-reflective notes against your graded assessments, which can be viewed by your Personal Tutor and Departmental Administrator.<br /> <br /> The date students viewed the feedback from an assessment is also displayed, allowing tutors to easily determine whether their comments are being read. Feedback that has not been viewed by the student will have a cross displayed beside it.<br /> <br /> *If the assessment is a Turnitin assignment, general feedback cannot be displayed automatically, however you can copy and paste comments from the original feedback provided on your Turnitin assignment if you would find it useful to view this feedback alongside other assessments.<br /> <br /> [[File:Moodle31-MyFeedback-FeedbackComments.PNG|800px|center|My Feedback Feedback Comments tab|link=https://docs.moodle.org/31/en/images_en/9/97/Moodle31-MyFeedback-FeedbackComments.PNG]]<br /> <br /> ===Personal Tutor tab===<br /> The Personal tutor tab holds the contact information for the Personal Tutor assigned to a Student.<br /> <br /> ===My students tab ===<br /> This tab is visible to anyone who is a teacher on a Moodle course, who has been assigned as a Personal Tutor to a student using Moodle parent roles, or who has departmental administrator access to My Feedback.<br /> <br /> The My students tab lists all of the student's linked to the modules assigned to a teacher. You will need to click the 'Show all students checkbox' to see the students you teach. By default only those students you are a Personal Tutor for will display. You can search for a student by name in the Search box.<br /> Assessment information for a particular student can be viewed by clicking on the student's name.<br /> <br /> [[Image:MyStudents.PNG|800px|center|My Feedback My students tab|link=https://docs.moodle.org/31/en/images_en/9/9b/MyStudents.PNG]]<br /> <br /> ===Personal Tutor dashboard===<br /> <br /> The Personal Tutor dashboard is visible to anyone who has been granted the Personal Tutor parent role to one or more students in Moodle.<br /> <br /> The Personal tutor dashboard displays all of a students assigned to a personal tutor. From this screen, personal tutors are able to send multiple (blind) emails to their tutees.<br /> The summary table shown in the image above lists the following:<br /> Personal tutee/ module names<br /> The number of assessments submitted by the tutee for the module (to date)<br /> The number of non-submissions by the tutee<br /> The number of late submissions by the tutee<br /> The number of graded assessments for the tutee<br /> The number of assessments that the tutee has received low grades for (less than 50%) of the total mark<br /> <br /> Clicking on a student's name will lead to their respective Overview page, providing a summary of their performance in the modules they are studying. The Feedback comments tab will also become available <br /> Note: To return to your own My Feedback dashboard after viewing a student report, click on the View own dashboard button.<br /> <br /> [[Image:Personal_tutor_dashboard.PNG|800px|center|My Feedback Personal Tutor Dashboard|link=https://docs.moodle.org/31/en/images_en/5/51/Personal_tutor_dashboard.PNG]]<br /> <br /> ===Module Tutor dashboard===<br /> The Module tutor dashboard is visible to anyone who is a teacher on a moodle course.<br /> <br /> The Module tutor (aka Teacher) dashboard provides a breakdown of students' performance in the modules assigned to a teacher. This view can be toggled between an Assessment breakdown and a Student breakdown.<br /> The Assessment breakdown organises student grades according to their module of study, while the Student breakdown lists each student by name and the number of assessments they have been given. <br /> Teachers can gain further insight into the assessment information of individual students by clicking on the student's name. They will then see the My Feedback report for that student.<br /> <br /> Note: To return to your own My Feedback dashboard after viewing a student report, click on the View own dashboard button.<br /> <br /> [[File:Module tutor dashboard.PNG|800px|center|My Feedback Module Tutor Dashboard tab|link=https://docs.moodle.org/31/en/images_en/b/b1/Module_tutor_dashboard.PNG]]<br /> <br /> ===Departmental Admin Dashboard===<br /> For those institutions using category level enrolments you may have access to the My Feedback Department Admin Dashboard.<br /> <br /> The Departmental admin dashboard displays assessment statistics for the courses and modules linked to a Departmental admin, depending on the course level filter selected.<br /> The report view can also be toggled to show statistics per assessment, module or module tutor. <br /> The Assessment breakdown organises student grades according to their module of study, while the Student breakdown lists each student by name and the number of assessments they have been given. <br /> Staff can gain further insight into the assessment information of individual students by clicking on the student's name.<br /> The Module tutor stats toggle allows Departmental admins to view the performance of Module tutors for each of their tutor groups.<br /> <br /> Note: To return to your own My Feedback dashboard after viewing a student report, click on the View own dashboard button.<br /> <br /> [[Image:Departmental_Admin_dashboard.PNG|800px|center|My Feedback Departmental Administrator Dashboard|link=https://docs.moodle.org/31/en/images_en/2/21/Departmental_Admin_dashboard.PNG]]<br /> <br /> ===Usage dashboard===<br /> The usage reports shows how students and staff have been using the My Feedback usage reports. The data can be printed and exported to excel for further analysis.<br /> <br /> There are a number of reports that can be run.<br /> Category students overview: This report shows an overview of student usage within a category.<br /> Category staff overview: This report shows an overview of staff usage within a category.<br /> Category students: This report shows a list of students and their individual usage within a category.<br /> Category staff: This report shows a list of staff and their individual usage within a category.<br /> Course students overview: This report shows an overview of student usage within each course within a particular Category.<br /> Course staff overview: This report shows an overview of staff usage within each course within a particular category.<br /> Course students: This report shows a list of students and their individual usage within a course.<br /> Course staff: This report shows a list of staff and their individual usage within a course.<br /> Student: This report shows the usage of an individual student across all their courses.<br /> Staff member: This report shows the usage of an individual staff member across all their courses.<br /> Personal tutees: This report shows an overview of a tutor\'s personal tutees and their My Feedback activity.<br /> <br /> ==Frequently Asked Questions==<br /> <br /> ===Q. Why can't students see their grades and feedback in the My Feedback report?===<br /> A. There are a number of reasons grades and feedback might not be showing in the My Feedback report. The easiest way to check what should be seen in the report is to ask students what they see in the course gradebook (Settings block > Course Administration > Grades). The same grades should also display in My Feedback. <br /> If the grades are not showing in the Gradebook, they will not show in My Feedback either. There are several reasons why they may not be visible:<br /> The Moodle course has been hidden from students.<br /> The students are no longer enrolled on the course.<br /> The ‘Show gradebook to students’ has been set to ‘No’ in the course settings, which means the course Gradebook is hidden from students and no grades or feedback will appear for this course in the My Feedback report.<br /> The grade item (or category it sits within) has been hidden manually, or until a certain date in the Gradebook.The Moodle course section where the assessment item is located has been hidden, or access has been restricted to particular students.<br /> The assessment item (assignment, quiz etc.) has been hidden from students.<br /> The grades have not yet been revealed to students (check the Turnitin Assignment post date; quiz review options; Moodle Assignment with marking workflow is set to 'released').<br /> <br /> Additionally, Turnitin feedback cannot be seen directly in the 'Feedback comments' tab of the report unless student's copy it in manually from their Turnitin assignment.<br /> <br /> Note: Only those with edit access to the Moodle courses in question will be able to check why the grades aren't displaying. This means if you are a personal tutor and don't have access to the Moodle courses in question you will need to speak to the teacher of the course, or to a Moodle Administrator.<br /> <br /> ===Q. How do I obtain Departmental Administrator access to the My Feedback report?===<br /> Please speak to your Moodle Administrator about whether your institution uses Moodle category level enrolments and if so, how you can get access as a departmental administrator to the report.<br /> <br /> ==Glossary of terms used in My Feedback==<br /> {| class="nicetable"<br /> |-<br /> ! Term<br /> ! Definition<br /> ! Visible to<br /> |-<br /> | Assessment<br /> | A set piece of assigned work or an item for which a student is given a grade and/or feedback with a Moodle course. Types of assessment are:<br /> * Moodle assignment (including offline assignments)<br /> * Turnitin assignment<br /> * Workshop (for peer assessment)<br /> * Quiz<br /> * Manual item (grade entered into gradebook for in-class activities, such as presentations)<br /> Staff are provided a total number of assessments a student should have submitted thus far on the Personal tutor, Module tutor and Departmental Administrator dashboards.<br /> | Students & staff<br /> |-<br /> | Course<br /> | The Moodle course that contains each assessment that appears in the My Feedback report. A course is an area in Moodle, often used to share module information, however it can also be used for other purposes (e.g to represent a programme, project, prelab activity or professional development course). The report will show the course name with a link to the course, but only those with access to the course will be able to view the course itself and the actual assessment pages it contains. Personal Tutors and Departmental Admins will see all course information in the report, but module tutors (or teachers) are restricted to only seeing courses in the report that they teach upon.<br /> | Students and any enrolled staff<br /> |-<br /> | Departmental administrator<br /> | A member of staff who has oversight for a particular department or programme in an administrative, senior teaching or management capacity (e.g. programme administrator, departmental/teaching administrator, module leader, departmental tutor, faculty tutor, programme tutor, programme director, head of department, director of studies or programme leader).<br /> | n/a<br /> |-<br /> | Formative and summative assessment<br /> | Formative assessment takes place throughout the course. It has a developmental purpose and is designed to help students to learn more effectively via set pieces of work and giving students feedback on their performance and how it can be improved and/or maintained. Formative assessment is reflective practice and does not usually contribute to the course grade at the end of the year. Any coursework that counts towards the final grade is known as 'summative' feedback.<br /> | Staff and students<br /> |-<br /> | Graded assessments<br /> | The number of assessments graded thus far, with feedback visible to students.<br /> | Staff via dashboards<br /> |-<br /> | Late submissions<br /> | The number of assignments that have been submitted after the deadline.<br /> Note: assignment and quiz deadlines can be amended to give individuals extensions. If this is done, the report takes this into account when determining the number of late submissions. However, not all departments use this feature in Moodle, so this should kept in mind when viewing this data.<br /> | Staff via dashboards<br /> |-<br /> | Low graded assessments<br /> | The number of assessments (where the grades have been released to students) with a score below 50%.<br /> | Staff via dashboards<br /> |-<br /> | Non-submissions<br /> | The number of missed submissions for due assessments.<br /> | Staff via dashboards<br /> |}<br /> <br /> [[Category:Report]]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Talk:Admin_presets_block&diff=127241 Talk:Admin presets block 2017-03-27T16:55:35Z

<p>Jgramp: Created page with "How do I access the Admin presets?"</p> <hr /> <div>How do I access the Admin presets?</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=moodle-report_myfeedback&diff=126694 moodle-report myfeedback 2017-01-25T11:40:59Z

<p>Jgramp: /* Install instructions: */</p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox plugin<br /> |type = report<br /> |entry = https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=report_myfeedback<br /> |tracker = https://github.com/jgramp/moodle-report_myfeedback/issues<br /> |discussion = Enter the link to the forum or discussion thread<br /> |maintainer = [[User:Jessica Gramp|Jessica Gramp]]<br /> |float = right<br /> }}<br /> ==About this page==<br /> This is in the installation guide, intended for Moodle site admins. For user guides please see [[report/myfeedback/index]].<br /> <br /> ==About the report==<br /> The Moodle My feedback report appears in the My Profile > Activity Reports menu and allows students to see an overview of all their grades and feedback for assessment activities such as Moodle Assignments, Turnitin Assignments (v1 & v2), Workshops and Quizzes. It provides their visible grades and a link to their submission and any feedback that has been released to them. The My feedback report displays this information in a searchable and sortable table. When clicking a link from this table, the user is directed to that course activity information (in some cases the link will be directly to the submission or feedback files - e.g. Turnitin Assignments open directly in a new window). When clicking on feedback this will usually take you to the user's result page for that activity.<br /> <br /> The report is intended to help students understand the variety of feedback they receive. It can also be used to identify similarities between feedback received from across modules and years to help students see how they can improve their work in future assessments. This is intended to be done in partnership with teaching staff (such as personal tutors at university, or a home group teacher in a school setting). See setting up staff access below.<br /> <br /> ==Install instructions:==<br /> 1. Copy the myfeedback directory to the report directory of your Moodle instance. E.g. moodle/report/myfeedback.<br /> <br /> 2. Login to Moodle as site admin, click on Site Administration > Notifications and verifying that the plugin is listed to be upgraded. Then select 'Upgrade the database'.<br /> <br /> 3. The My feedback settings page will appear. These are the explanation of each field:<br /> <br /> i. The 'Current Academic Year Database Settings' section is to add the replicated database that is used for MyFeedback queries.<br /> <br /> ii. The 'Archived Database Settings' section is as follows:<br /> <br /> '''WARNING:''' The Moodle Archive functionality should be thoroughly tested before being implemented on a production system, to check it does not reveal grades or feedback that have been hidden from students (e.g. by unenrolling them from the course, hiding a section, hiding an activity, hiding a Gradebook entry. Older versions of Moodle may not use the same functionality for checking permissions as the current version where the plugin is installed, so some of these checks may not take place correctly. It is recommended that instead of using the Moodle Archive functionality, you instead install My feedback within each archived instance of Moodle separately, in order to avoid potential issues where students see grades and feedback that they shouldn't.<br /> <br /> >> Archived years - Select the number of years you want the archive to show in the report. Set to zero (0) means it will not check for archived years.<br /> <br /> >> The Archived Fully Qualified domain name is needed so that when users try to view a feedback from an archived year it takes them to the correct archived Moodle site where they can log in and see the feedback in that instance of Moodle for that year. For e.g., looking at feedback for a workshop in the 14/15 academic year would take them to 'https://moodle-archive.com/14-15/mod/workshop/submission.php?cmid=21&id=3'.<br /> <br /> >> The Archived DB naming convention should be set to the name of the archives, minus any years. E.g. 'moodle_archive_' for archives that use this moodle database naming convention (e.g. moodle_archive_1415).<br /> <br /> >> Archived DB Host name is the server where the Archive Moodle exists. E.g. 'moodle-archive.com'.<br /> <br /> >> The Archived DB username and passwords will also need to be entered.<br /> <br /> iii. The 'Dept Admin Second Level Category Course Limit' section sets a course limit on the Dept admin dashboard. This is because when too many courses are queried from a single second level category, this causes a PHP memory error. The PHP memory limit is reached and so we try to limit the amount of courses. Set this to the default of 200.<br /> <br /> iv. The 'Overview Tab Course Limit' section sets a limit on the number of courses that will be displayed on the overview tab of a user when looking at their report. Set this to the default of 10. If the user is enrolled on more than this number of active courses then a '...more' button will be displayed after the limit that is set here, which takes the user to their profile page where they can see the remaining courses.<br /> <br /> 4. Check the language file for the My feedback report reflects language common to your institution, and if not, update the strings in Site Administration > Language> Language customisation. E.g. you might want to change 'module tutor', to 'teacher'.<br /> <br /> 5. Follow the steps below to set up staff access to the report for personal tutors, module tutors and programme admins.<br /> <br /> ==Setting up Access==<br /> Student access to the report is available as soon as you install it. If staff are also enrolled as students on any Moodle course, they will see this appear in their own report, alongside the My students tab and other dashboard(s) that enable them an overview of their students' feedback and grades.<br /> Staff access (teachers, personal tutors and programme administrators) need to be configured.<br /> <br /> ===Set up the My feedback roles for staff access===<br /> Log in as a site admin and go to Site Administration> Users > Permission > Define Roles.<br /> At the bottom of the page 'Add a new role' with the following permissions enabled:<br /> <br /> * Personal tutor: <br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:personaltutor<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:readuserblogs (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:readuserposts (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewalldetails (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewuseractivitiesreport (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewdetails (optional)<br /> <br /> * Programme administrator: <br /> ** Allow enrol/category:synchronised#<br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:progadmin<br /> <br /> #The programme administrator role can be used to assign staff at category level to all courses within the category using the category enrolments plugin. See: [[Category_enrolments]]<br /> It may be possible to use this role using Cohorts, but this has not been tested yet. If you do know if this works or not, please update this help file to reflect this - thank you.<br /> <br /> * Module tutor (or teacher)<br /> You will also need to modify the '''teacher''' and '''non-editing teacher''' role to enable teacher (known as 'module tutor'#) access to the report:<br /> ** Allow gradereport/myfeedbacklink:view<br /> <br /> This will enable anyone who is enrolled as a teacher, or non-editing teacher, to see feedback and grades from any '''courses they teach''' in the report. Feedback and grades for each student that reside within courses the teacher does not teach upon will not be visible. This is done deliberately in an attempt to avoid staff looking at student progress in other courses and letting this bias the marking process. However, if the staff member is also a personal tutor they will get a full view across moodle courses within the report, regardless of whether they are teaching these courses, but '''only for those students who are their personal tutees'''. This is to enable personal tutors to provide full support to students within personal tutoring meetings.<br /> <br /> #The names of the reports can be changed in the strings to match the terms used at your institution. To do this, log in as a site admin and use the language editing interface in Site Administration > Language> Language customisation.<br /> <br /> ===Personal Tutor access===<br /> To set up personal tutor access, the staff member needs to be assigned as a personal tutor of each student they are supporting, using the 'assign roles relative to this user' in each student's profile. <br /> See [https://docs.moodle.org/23/en/Parent_role#Assigning_the_parent_to_the_student|Assigning_the_parent_to_the_student].<br /> <br /> Assigning parent roles can be automated using the dbuserrel plugin. See: [https://moodle.org/plugins/enrol_dbuserrel|https://moodle.org/plugins/enrol_dbuserrel]<br /> <br /> ==How do users access the report==<br /> Once installed, the report can be accessed via the user profile (Reports > My Feedback).<br /> Access is controlled by the user context, teachers will be able to see grades and feedback for students enrolled on the courses that they teach.<br /> Students (who aren't also teachers) can only see their own grades. Programme Administrators can see all grades for all students in the category they have been assigned access to (unless permissions prohibit this).<br /> <br /> This is what the feedback comments tab looks like.<br /> [[File:Moodle31-MyFeedback-FeedbackComments.PNG]]<br /> For more user guidance, please see [[report/myfeedback/index]].</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=moodle-report_myfeedback&diff=126693 moodle-report myfeedback 2017-01-25T11:40:25Z

<p>Jgramp: /* Install instructions: */</p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox plugin<br /> |type = report<br /> |entry = https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=report_myfeedback<br /> |tracker = https://github.com/jgramp/moodle-report_myfeedback/issues<br /> |discussion = Enter the link to the forum or discussion thread<br /> |maintainer = [[User:Jessica Gramp|Jessica Gramp]]<br /> |float = right<br /> }}<br /> ==About this page==<br /> This is in the installation guide, intended for Moodle site admins. For user guides please see [[report/myfeedback/index]].<br /> <br /> ==About the report==<br /> The Moodle My feedback report appears in the My Profile > Activity Reports menu and allows students to see an overview of all their grades and feedback for assessment activities such as Moodle Assignments, Turnitin Assignments (v1 & v2), Workshops and Quizzes. It provides their visible grades and a link to their submission and any feedback that has been released to them. The My feedback report displays this information in a searchable and sortable table. When clicking a link from this table, the user is directed to that course activity information (in some cases the link will be directly to the submission or feedback files - e.g. Turnitin Assignments open directly in a new window). When clicking on feedback this will usually take you to the user's result page for that activity.<br /> <br /> The report is intended to help students understand the variety of feedback they receive. It can also be used to identify similarities between feedback received from across modules and years to help students see how they can improve their work in future assessments. This is intended to be done in partnership with teaching staff (such as personal tutors at university, or a home group teacher in a school setting). See setting up staff access below.<br /> <br /> ==Install instructions:==<br /> 1. Copy the myfeedback directory to the report directory of your Moodle instance. E.g. moodle/report/myfeedback<br /> <br /> 2. Login to Moodle as site admin, click on Site Administration > Notifications and verifying that the plugin is listed to be upgraded. Then select 'Upgrade the database'.<br /> <br /> 3. The My feedback settings page will appear. These are the explanation of each field:<br /> <br /> i. The 'Current Academic Year Database Settings' section is to add the replicated database that is used for MyFeedback queries.<br /> <br /> ii. The 'Archived Database Settings' section is as follows:<br /> <br /> WARNING: The Moodle Archive functionality should be thoroughly tested before being implemented on a production system, to check it does not reveal grades or feedback that have been hidden from students (e.g. by unenrolling them from the course, hiding a section, hiding an activity, hiding a Gradebook entry. Older versions of Moodle may not use the same functionality for checking permissions as the current version where the plugin is installed, so some of these checks may not take place correctly. It is recommended that instead of using the Moodle Archive functionality, you instead install My feedback within each archived instance of Moodle separately, in order to avoid potential issues where students see grades and feedback that they shouldn't.<br /> <br /> >> Archived years - Select the number of years you want the archive to show in the report. Set to zero (0) means it will not check for archived years.<br /> <br /> >> The Archived Fully Qualified domain name is needed so that when users try to view a feedback from an archived year it takes them to the correct archived Moodle site where they can log in and see the feedback in that instance of Moodle for that year. For e.g., looking at feedback for a workshop in the 14/15 academic year would take them to 'https://moodle-archive.com/14-15/mod/workshop/submission.php?cmid=21&id=3'.<br /> <br /> >> The Archived DB naming convention should be set to the name of the archives, minus any years. E.g. 'moodle_archive_' for archives that use this moodle database naming convention (e.g. moodle_archive_1415).<br /> <br /> >> Archived DB Host name is the server where the Archive Moodle exists. E.g. 'moodle-archive.com'.<br /> <br /> >> The Archived DB username and passwords will also need to be entered.<br /> <br /> iii. The 'Dept Admin Second Level Category Course Limit' section sets a course limit on the Dept admin dashboard. This is because when too many courses are queried from a single second level category, this causes a PHP memory error. The PHP memory limit is reached and so we try to limit the amount of courses. Set this to the default of 200.<br /> <br /> iv. The 'Overview Tab Course Limit' section sets a limit on the number of courses that will be displayed on the overview tab of a user when looking at their report. Set this to the default of 10. If the user is enrolled on more than this number of active courses then a '...more' button will be displayed after the limit that is set here, which takes the user to their profile page where they can see the remaining courses.<br /> <br /> 4. Check the language file for the My feedback report reflects language common to your institution, and if not, update the strings in Site Administration > Language> Language customisation. E.g. you might want to change 'module tutor', to 'teacher'.<br /> <br /> 5. Follow the steps below to set up staff access to the report for personal tutors, module tutors and programme admins.<br /> <br /> ==Setting up Access==<br /> Student access to the report is available as soon as you install it. If staff are also enrolled as students on any Moodle course, they will see this appear in their own report, alongside the My students tab and other dashboard(s) that enable them an overview of their students' feedback and grades.<br /> Staff access (teachers, personal tutors and programme administrators) need to be configured.<br /> <br /> ===Set up the My feedback roles for staff access===<br /> Log in as a site admin and go to Site Administration> Users > Permission > Define Roles.<br /> At the bottom of the page 'Add a new role' with the following permissions enabled:<br /> <br /> * Personal tutor: <br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:personaltutor<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:readuserblogs (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:readuserposts (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewalldetails (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewuseractivitiesreport (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewdetails (optional)<br /> <br /> * Programme administrator: <br /> ** Allow enrol/category:synchronised#<br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:progadmin<br /> <br /> #The programme administrator role can be used to assign staff at category level to all courses within the category using the category enrolments plugin. See: [[Category_enrolments]]<br /> It may be possible to use this role using Cohorts, but this has not been tested yet. If you do know if this works or not, please update this help file to reflect this - thank you.<br /> <br /> * Module tutor (or teacher)<br /> You will also need to modify the '''teacher''' and '''non-editing teacher''' role to enable teacher (known as 'module tutor'#) access to the report:<br /> ** Allow gradereport/myfeedbacklink:view<br /> <br /> This will enable anyone who is enrolled as a teacher, or non-editing teacher, to see feedback and grades from any '''courses they teach''' in the report. Feedback and grades for each student that reside within courses the teacher does not teach upon will not be visible. This is done deliberately in an attempt to avoid staff looking at student progress in other courses and letting this bias the marking process. However, if the staff member is also a personal tutor they will get a full view across moodle courses within the report, regardless of whether they are teaching these courses, but '''only for those students who are their personal tutees'''. This is to enable personal tutors to provide full support to students within personal tutoring meetings.<br /> <br /> #The names of the reports can be changed in the strings to match the terms used at your institution. To do this, log in as a site admin and use the language editing interface in Site Administration > Language> Language customisation.<br /> <br /> ===Personal Tutor access===<br /> To set up personal tutor access, the staff member needs to be assigned as a personal tutor of each student they are supporting, using the 'assign roles relative to this user' in each student's profile. <br /> See [https://docs.moodle.org/23/en/Parent_role#Assigning_the_parent_to_the_student|Assigning_the_parent_to_the_student].<br /> <br /> Assigning parent roles can be automated using the dbuserrel plugin. See: [https://moodle.org/plugins/enrol_dbuserrel|https://moodle.org/plugins/enrol_dbuserrel]<br /> <br /> ==How do users access the report==<br /> Once installed, the report can be accessed via the user profile (Reports > My Feedback).<br /> Access is controlled by the user context, teachers will be able to see grades and feedback for students enrolled on the courses that they teach.<br /> Students (who aren't also teachers) can only see their own grades. Programme Administrators can see all grades for all students in the category they have been assigned access to (unless permissions prohibit this).<br /> <br /> This is what the feedback comments tab looks like.<br /> [[File:Moodle31-MyFeedback-FeedbackComments.PNG]]<br /> For more user guidance, please see [[report/myfeedback/index]].</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&diff=125852 Using Assignment 2016-11-04T14:30:30Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Assignment}}<br /> <br /> ==What options are there for submitting work in Moodle?==<br /> The standard ways students can submit assignments are:<br /> * File submissions (students submit a file for assessment)<br /> * Online text (students can type their responses directly in Moodle)<br /> * Submission comments<br /> {{Note|(1) It is also possible to use the assignment module for grading an "offline assignment", ie, one where work is done outside of Moodle. This is done by simply unchecking the above three options.}}<br /> <br /> {{Note|(2) If you're not sure which assignment type best suits your needs, look at the section below [[#Which submission type suits you best?]].}}<br /> <br /> ==How do students submit their assignments?==<br /> The first page students will see when they click on the assignment activity link from the course page will display the assignment name, description and the submission status. The first time a student views the assignment it will look like this:<br /> {|<br /> |[[Image:statuses.jpg|thumb|Student view of assignment]] <br /> |}<br /> The submission status section includes:<br /> *'''Submission status''' <br /> *'''Grading status'''<br /> *Due date<br /> *Time remaining<br /> *Last modified<br /> *Submission details<br /> <br /> As they progress through the assignment the Submission status and Grading status will update and the Last modified date will appear.<br /> {|<br /> |[[Image:submission statuses graded.jpg|thumb|Example of submitted and graded assignment]] <br /> |}<br /> <br /> If the student uploaded a file which the teacher has annotated, this will be made available in the feedback section. The student can search through the document and filter specific comments.<br /> {|<br /> |[[File:26pdfstudentgraded.png|thumb|Student view of graded pdf file]]<br /> |[[File:26searchcomments.png|thumb|Searching and filtering comments in annotated pdf]]<br /> |}<br /> Submission statuses include:<br /> <br /> *Nothing submitted for this assignment<br /> *Draft (not submitted)<br /> *Submitted for grading<br /> <br /> Grading statuses include:<br /> <br /> *Not graded<br /> *Graded<br /> <br /> ===File submission===<br /> To submit a file submission, students complete the following steps:<br /> <br /> # Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the file upload page.<br /> # Upload the relevant file into the submission. They are able to ‘drag and drop’ the file into the submission box.<br /> # Click ‘Save Changes’.<br /> <br /> There should now be a Last modified date and the file(s) uploaded will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.<br /> <br /> # If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.<br /> # Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.<br /> <br /> Note that once the assignment is 'submitted’ no further changes are allowed.<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:file upload.jpg|thumb|Student view when adding a submission]]<br /> |[[File:file uploaded.jpg|thumb|Student view once file is uploaded]]<br /> |[[File:submit button.jpg|thumb|Student view when submitting assignment]]<br /> |}<br /> Note: Depending on how the assignment is setup students may see '''both''' a file submission page and an online text editor.<br /> <br /> ===Online text===<br /> To submit online text, students complete the following steps:<br /> <br /> # Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the online text editor page. <br /> # Type the relevant text into the [[Text_editor|text editor]], or paste from a previously written file.<br /> # Click ‘Save Changes’.<br /> <br /> There should now be a Last modified date and the first 100 characters entered will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.<br /> <br /> # If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.<br /> # Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.<br /> <br /> Note that once the assignment is 'submitted’ no further changes are allowed.<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:online text entered.jpg|thumb|Online text entered]]<br /> |[[File:submit button online text.jpg|thumb|Submitting assignment]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> ===Submission comments===<br /> Depending on how the assignment has been setup, there may be a section where students can leave submission comments.<br /> {|<br /> |[[Image:student comments.jpg|thumb|Student comments]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Grading and feedback==<br /> When students have submitted their assignments, they can be accessed by clicking on the assignment activity. This will bring up the Grading Summary page.<br /> <br /> The Grading Summary page displays a summary of the assignment, including; number of participants, number of drafts, number of submitted assignments, due date and time remaining.<br /> <br /> Clicking 'Grade' will take you to the first student in the list so you can start grading individually. Clicking 'View all submissions' will take you to the grading table where you see all students.<br /> <br /> The Grading Table contains columns of information about the student, the status of their submission, a link to grade their submission, a link to each submission and feedback comments and files (if enabled). <br /> ===Filtering submissions===<br /> <br /> A dropdown menu accessed from the 'Options' section allows you to filter submissions so you can for example quickly see which students have not submitted yet.<br /> <br /> [[File:assignmentfilter.png]]<br /> <br /> ===Allocating submissions to markers===<br /> If you need to divide submissions between you can apply Groups to the Assignment and let markers know which Group(s) to mark. Note that because Group membership is not itself anonymised, this may make anonymised submissions that bit less anonymous, though as long as the Groups aren't very small this should be acceptable.<br /> <br /> An alternative is to use Marking Allocation - this allows anyone with a Tutor role to allocate one marker to each submission. This works particularly well if marking is allocated by subject specialism.<br /> <br /> ===Submission status===<br /> If you will be assigning grades to student work, you may want to take note of the submission status before you begin the marking process. If you have required students click the Submit button, you may find that some submissions are still marked as Draft (not submitted), meaning the student has either uploaded a file(s) or entered some text, but has not clicked ‘Submit assignment’. <br /> <br /> If it's after the due date and you are about to commencing marking that you use ‘Prevent submission changes’ to stop students from making changes to their assignment. You can do this one by one by using the icon in the Edit column.<br /> <br /> Or you can select two or more students by putting a tick in the select column and going to 'Lock submissions’ from the ''With selected'' menu under the grading table.<br /> <br /> Likewise you can also revert a student's submission to draft if they have uploaded the incorrect file. Instead of selecting ‘Prevent submission changes’ select ‘Revert the submission to draft’, or place ticks against selected students and choose 'Revert the submission to draft status' from the ''With selected'' menu under the grading table.<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:submission statuses.jpg|thumb|Submission statuses]]<br /> |[[File:prevent submission changes dropdown.jpg|thumb|Prevent submission changes dropdown]]<br /> |[[File:lock submissions.jpg|thumb|Lock submissions]]<br /> |[[File:revert to draft.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft]]<br /> |[[File:revert submission to draft status.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft status]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> If the submission setting 'Attempts reopened' is set to 'Automatically until pass' and a submission is graded below the grade to pass, then then submission is automatically unlocked when the grade is saved. Similarly, if the submission setting 'Attempts reopened' is set to Manually, and a teacher selects 'Allow another attempt, then the submission is automatically unlocked. (Prior to 3.0.3, the submission need to be manually unlocked.)<br /> <br /> ===Granting extensions===<br /> If an assignment has a deadline, a teacher can grant individual or group assignment extensions by selecting the Edit link next to a particular student or group....<br /> <br /> [[File:grantextension0.png|thumb|center|600px]]<br /> <br /> ... and then clicking 'Grant extension' and setting the new deadline.<br /> <br /> ''New in 3.1:'' The student's or group's name is also shown on this screen.<br /> <br /> [[File:grantextension.png||thumb|center|600px]]<br /> <br /> ===Quick grading===<br /> <br /> '''Quick grading''' allows you to enter numeric grades directly into the grading table, bypassing the more detailed grading interface. Please note:<br /> *if you want to give feedback, you need to use the more detailed Grade interface. <br /> *Quick grading is incompatible with advanced grading e.g. Rubrics, and is not recommended when there are multiple markers. <br /> *'''Submission comments''' are a two-way private conversation between a student and staff and are visible to students immediately i.e. markers use the grading interface to give feedback, not the submission comments.<br /> <br /> To access the Quick Grading interface, from the Grading Summary page click 'View all assignments'; the Grading Table displays. Scroll to bottom of the page to configure Options, and check the box for 'Quick grading'. While you're down there, you can also set the number of assignments to display per page, filter the assignments e.g. to see who has not submitted, unmarked assignments, etc.<br /> <br /> When you are ready to Quick Grade: <br /> <br /> #You can enter grades directly into the grading table. <br /> #Scroll to the bottom of the grading table and click 'Save all quick grading changes'<br /> #A confirmation displays.<br /> <br /> ===Grading individual submissions===<br /> If you have enabled File Feedback in the [[Assignment settings]] and wish to upload either the marked student assignment, a completed text based feedback document or audio feedback, click on the green tick in the Grade column (or use the icon in the Edit column and select Grade).<br /> <br /> This brings you to the Student Grading Page where you can give grades, feedback comments and feedback files (if enabled in the [[Assignment settings]]). You can use drag and drop to upload feedback files.<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:green tick.jpg|thumb|Green tick]]<br /> |[[File:grade.jpg|thumb|Grading]]<br /> |[[File:feedbackfiles.png|thumb|Feedback files]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> ====Annotating submissions====<br /> {{New features}}<br /> <br /> If the student has uploaded a PDF, docx or odt file, or if you set 'Comment inline' for an online text submission, then their submission will be displayed on the grading screen, allowing you to annotate it, using a variety of tools, stamps (if uploaded by the admin) and comments which may be saved to a comments bank. When the annotations are complete, clicking to save the changes will result in it being displayed to the student as part of their feedback. <br /> ''<br /> <br /> [[File:Annotatingsubmissions1.png|thumb|500px|center|Annotating a student's submission]]<br /> <br /> Comments may be added and then saved in a quick list for future use ''(1)'' Click the paper/magnifying glass icon to the right of the page selector to filter comments you have already added to the work''(2)'':<br /> *In the '''Search comments''' pop-up window, enter the term you would like to search for in the '''Filter comments...''' box. <br /> *Clicking on the comment will take you to the part of the paper where that comment has been added.<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:NFaddcomment.png|thumb|400px|1.Saving and re-using comments]]<br /> |[[File:NFcommentsearch.png|thumb|400px|2. Accessing comments]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> {{Note|To ensure that comments display to students as the marker intends, do instruct students to download the annotated PDF rather than just previewing it. Preview sometimes displays comments in a way which obscures the original text.}}<br /> <br /> {{Note|If you are unable to annotate student submissions, check with your administrator that [[http://www.ghostscript.com/ Ghostscript ] and [https://github.com/dagwieers/unoconv unoconv]] are installed. Make sure that unoconv is at least version 0.7}}<br /> <br /> ===Controlling when to notify students of graded work===<br /> <br /> ====Notifying as you mark====<br /> If you need to notify individual students, one by one, as you mark, the '''Notify students''' checkbox is available when grading individual submissions. Choose Yes to notify the student immediately or No to grade without notifying the student. Assuming you are not hiding grades in the ways outlined below, then Moodle will send a notification.<br /> {{Note|How students receive Moodle notifications depends on your local default settings, and any changes students have made to those.}}<br /> <br /> <br /> [[File:notifystudents.png|center|thumb|500px]]<br /> <br /> ====Keeping grades hidden until a release date====<br /> <br /> Or if you need to keep your grades and feedback hidden from students until marking is finalised, and then release them to all students at the same time, there are two alternatives. <br /> <br /> The first is to hide the item in the Gradebook. This way is best if there is only one marker and no exceptional circumstances (i.e. you don't need to keep any students' marks hidden). Use it as follows:<br /> #In your Moodle course '''Settings''', click on '''Grades'''; the Grades page displays.<br /> #Click '''View''', then '''Grader report'''; a grid of participants and gradeable items displays.<br /> #Find the column for the assignment ('''Grade item''') whose grades you wish to hide, and click its Eye/Hide icon; the Eye icon displays with a strikethrough which means the grades are hidden from students.<br /> #To reveal the grades to students, you can either:<br /> ##Remind yourself to return here and click the Eye/Show icon again; when it displays without the strikethrough the grades will be shown to students. With this option you need to remember to change the setting at the time.<br /> ##Or if you prefer to set a time for the grades to be automatically revealed, click on the Cog/Edit icon to display settings for that grade item, then click the '''Show more''' link to display extra settings. For '''Hidden until''' click its checkbox and configure its date. With this option you need to get your marking done on time (or remember to come in and change the date to give yourself more time).<br /> #To notify students that marks and feedback are available, use e.g. the Announcements forum.<br /> {{Note|If you use this approach do communicate with any colleagues and remember to reveal the grades ultimately, since if grades remain hidden they can confuse the final grade calculations.}}<br /> <br /> The alternative approach to releasing marks to all students at the same time is to enable '''Use marking workflow''' in the Assignment's settings. This way is best where there are multiple markers and/or exceptional circumstances causing you to withhold some marks. Use it as follows:<br /> #Set up your assignment with Marking Workflow enabled (avoid enabling it after marking has started).<br /> #When ready to release marks, click on a link to your Assignment and from its summary page click '''View all submissions'''; a page with the Grading Table displays.<br /> #Scroll down to Options and ensure '''Quick grading''' is enabled by clicking its checkbox; the page reloads with some extra options.<br /> #Also in Options, configure '''Assignments per page''' to display all your assignments, or as many as possible.<br /> #Scroll back up again and click the checkbox in the column heading '''Select'''; all records display selected (and you can deselect any individual records you may need to keep hidden).<br /> #From the '''With selected...''' menu choose '''Set marking workflow state''', then click '''Go''', and confirm if prompted; the Marking workflow state menu displays on a page.<br /> #From the '''Marking workflow state''' menu, choose '''Released'''.<br /> #To have Moodle send students a notification that grades and feedback are available, set '''Notify students''' to Yes.<br /> #Finally '''Save changes'''.<br /> <br /> If you would like the Moodle Assignment to have a setting for releasing grades and feedback to students please vote for this enhancement in the Moodle Tracker: https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-18722<br /> <br /> ===Offline marking - downloading and uploading multiple grades and feedback files===<br /> If you don't have an internet connection or prefer to grade outside Moodle, you can do so (including with anonymous submissions).<br /> These easy stages explained below:<br /> #Download the submitted work.<br /> #Download the spreadsheet (grading worksheet) to record grades.<br /> #Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work .<br /> #Upload the completed grading worksheet.<br /> #Upload the annotated submissions (if applicable).<br /> {{Note|You cannot upload marks and feedback to Moodle if you have enabled Rubrics or Marking Guides.}}<br /> ====Before you start, enable the multiple file upload settings====<br /> Go to the settings of that assignment.<br /> For Feedback types, ensure that the Moodle Assignment settings, Feedback comments, Feedback files, and Offline grading worksheet are ticked. <br /> ====Download the submitted work====<br /> #Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click View all submissions; a page with the Grading Table displays.<br /> #From the Grading action drop-down menu choose Download all submissions; save the zip file (i.e. the compressed and bundled submissions).<br /> #In your file management software go to the place you saved the zip file. <br /> #Extract the contents of the zip file, usually by double-clicking and following the prompts. Extract to a new folder so all the feedback files can easily be zipped back together later if you need to upload them with feedback. <br /> ====Download the Grading Worksheet to record grades ====<br /> #Next, to download the spreadsheet in which you'll enter the grades and brief comments, return to the Moodle Assignment page and from its Grading action drop-down menu choose Download grading worksheet and save that file (keep its csv file format).<br /> {{Note|Helpfully that downloaded worksheet will contain any existing grades and summary comments which have already been given for that assignment i.e. if marking has already started. However, to see pre-existing comments fully you may need to set your spreadsheet to 'wrap text' within cells.}}<br /> ====Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work====<br /> After downloading the submissions and the grading worksheet:<br /> #Open a downloaded assignment file to assess it. <br /> #Open the csv file in a spreadsheet editor e.g. Excel. <br /> #For that student's record (if anonymous, a number corresponding to the submission file name will display), enter grades in the Grade column and summary comments in the Feedback comments column for each student. <br /> #Leave the other data untouched unless you know exactly what you're doing.<br /> #Repeat as needed.<br /> #Save the csv file.<br /> {{Note|Take care to enter data in the correct column of the spreadsheet.}}<br /> If you are annotating the submissions to return to students as feedback:<br /> #Open a downloaded submission.<br /> #Carry out your annotations.<br /> #Save it in its original place i.e. the folder corresponding to that student.<br /> #Repeat as needed.<br /> If you have separate feedback files to upload to students:<br /> #Save these within that student's folder.<br /> #You can give students multiple feedback files in this way e.g. annotations on their work along with a separate pro forma.<br /> {{Note|Don't change the name or location of the folder - Moodle needs this information to allocate the files correctly.}}<br /> Compress (zip) all the feedback files:<br /> #Locate the folder containing the feedback files in Moodle, select them all (Ctrl+A within the folder), then zip them: <br /> ##Windows: Right click one of the selected files and Send to > Compressed (zipped) folder.<br /> ##Mac: Right Click (or Ctrl+click) one of the selected files and click Compress.<br /> #They are now ready for upload (see below).<br /> <br /> ====Upload the completed grading worksheet====<br /> When you are ready to upload grades and summary feedback:<br /> #Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click '''View/grade all submissions'''.<br /> #From the Grading action drop-down menu choose '''Upload grading worksheet'''.<br /> #Click '''Choose a file...''' and upload the grading worksheet to Moodle, or drag the csv file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.<br /> #There is a checkbox to '''overwrite records that have been modified more recently in Moodle than in the spreadsheet''' - only check this if you want to spreadsheet to overwrite all Moodle records, including ones made more recently than the spreadsheet.<br /> #Click '''Upload grading worksheet'''; a Confirmation box displays the students grades and feedback that will be imported - check this carefully.<br /> #If you are ready to proceed, click '''Confirm'''; a summary of updates displays.<br /> #Click '''Continue'''.<br /> ====Upload feedback files (if applicable)====<br /> #Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click '''View/grade all submissions'''.<br /> #From the Grading action drop-down menu choose '''Upload multiple feedback files in a zip'''.<br /> #Click '''Choose a file...''' and upload the zipped assignments file to Moodle, or drag the compressed/zipped file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.<br /> #Click '''Import feedback file(s)'''.<br /> #The Confirmation box will list all the feedback files and student names that will be imported.<br /> #Click '''Confirm'''; the next screen summarises the changes.<br /> #Click '''Continue'''.<br /> #From the page containing the Grading Table, you can check your feedback files by enabling Quick grading (see Options at the bottom of that page) and scrolling horizontally, if needed.<br /> <br /> For an assignment with no file submissions, see the discussion [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=336438 upload feedback files without student file submissions] for details of what to do.<br /> <br /> ===Give the same feedback file to multiple students===<br /> If you have high level feedback you want to give to an entire cohort, it is generally a good idea to give this feedback in the context of the assignment, rather than e.g. separately via a Forum. Moodle allows you to select some or all students and attach a single, common feedback file to their assignment feedback. This common feedback will appear to each student along with any other individual feedback files you have prepared for each. <br /> #Prepare the single file of feedback.<br /> #Click on the link to the Assignment; its summary page displays.<br /> #Click '''View all submissions'''; the assignment's Grading Table displays.<br /> #Use the checkboxes to select all or some students to receive the feedback (you may first prefer to configure the Grading Table to show as many students as possible on a single page).<br /> #Underneath the Grading Table click the '''With selected...''' menu, choose '''Send feedback files''', then click '''Go'''; a page displays a list of selected students above a file upload area.<br /> #Upload the file of feedback you prepapred, or drag it to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.<br /> #Click '''Send feedback files'''; the Grading Table displays again.<br /> #Check your file is in place by scrolling horizontally to the '''Feedback files''' column.<br /> <br /> ===Downloading student submissions===<br /> You can download a zip file containing all of the assignment submissions by selecting the ‘Download all submissions’ options from the ''Choose'' menu at the top of the grading table, or in the settings menu. The files will have a Moodle unique identifier appended to the name, not your institutional student ID number.<br /> <br /> File submissions will be downloaded in the format uploaded by the student. Online text submissions will be downloaded as html files. '''Each file in the zip will include the student first and lastname at the beginning of the filename for identification purposes.'''<br /> <br /> {{New features}}You can also download selected assignment submissions (rather than all of them) by selecting the ones you want and then choosing 'With selected....Download selected submissions'.<br /> <br /> [[File:downloadselectedsubmissions.png]]<br /> <br /> ==Which type of assignment submission suits you best?==<br /> <br /> ===You want students to type shorter or longer responses directly online===<br /> <br /> *Set ''Online text'' to Yes. This works well for younger children who will only manage a sentence or two and works just as well for higher education students who write more. <br /> **Advantage - quick for the student to get started; no need to use a word-processing program and upload the file. The text is saved on a regular basis so it will be preserved if the student loses the page for some reason.<br /> **Disadvantage: if the word count is expected to be large, setting ''Online text'' to No and ''File submission'' to Yes might be a better option.<br /> <br /> ===You want students to submit work you can download in a specified program===<br /> <br /> *Set ''File submission'' to Yes, set the number of files you will allow using the ''Maximum number of uploaded files'' setting and the file sizes by using the '' Maximum submission size'' setting.<br /> **Advantage - better than students emailing work as the whole class's work is collated in one space on your course. Markers can provide comments directly on the student work.<br /> **Advantage - with "Attempts reopened" enabled, teachers can see the progression through various drafts of a student's work.<br /> **Disadvantage - assignments must downloaded to be viewed (but they can be [[Assignment_FAQ| downloaded in bulk]]) and the teacher needs the appropriate program to open them.<br /> <br /> ===You want students to submit files at different times for a project===<br /> <br /> *Set ''File submission'' to Yes, and use ''Maximum number of uploaded files'' to set the maximum number of separate files they can upload<br /> **Advantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading so they get a single grade.<br /> **Disadvantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading - so they can only have a single grade!<br /> <br /> ===You want students to write a response to a video/sound file/image===<br /> <br /> *Set up an assignment allowing ''online text'' submission and get students to use the Moodle media icon to add video/sound/image files. <br /> <br /> ===You want students to answer a series of questions on a video/sound file/image===<br /> *Investigate the [[Quiz]] module. Assignments are really just for a single question.<br /> <br /> ===You want to grade work students have done offline===<br /> *Uncheck the submission types when setting up the assignment. Students won't be required to do anything but you can use the assignment to grade them for work done outside of Moodle.<br /> <br /> ===You want to view, comment on and send back students' assignments===<br /> <br /> *Set up an assignment allowing ''file submissions''.<br /> **Advantage: useful for teachers who like using the "comment" options in word-processing programs for example. If you have Ghostscript enabled on your server and the students upload PDF files, you can annotate them inline. See the section [[Using Assignment#Annotating PDF files| Annotating PDF files]] below.<br /> **Disadvantage: if students upload other file types, you have to download them, comment and then re-upload them.<br /> <br /> ===You want students to send you a comment or note along with their uploaded work===<br /> <br /> *Although previous versions of Moodle allowed the ''Submission comments'' submission plugin to be toggled, this is no longer the case. If [[Comments#Enabling_comments|comments are enabled site-wide]], students will be able to add submission comments; if comments are disabled site-wide, students will not be given the option to add submission comments.<br /> <br /> ===You want to allow students to redraft and decide when to submit the work===<br /> <br /> *In the settings set ''Require students click submit button'' to Yes. Students can then control when their draft work is submitted to the teacher. <br /> <br /> ===You want students to keep an ongoing journal or do an iterative assignment===<br /> <br /> *In the settings set ''Require students click submit button'' to No. Students can continue to make changes to their assignment and at no point do they 'submit'. If the work will be graded at some point it is recommended that either ''Prevent late submissions'' is set to Yes to ensure that no changes can be made after the due date, or [[Using_Assignment#Submission_status| all submissions are locked]] when grading commences to ensure that the work is not altered during grading.<br /> **Advantage: the work remains in one place and is constantly improved, graded (if needed) and improved again. <br /> **Disadvantage: there is no record/history of previous attempts (such as with the [[Wiki]]). The online text assignment does not replicate the display of a journal or blog where each new entry is additional to the previous ones.<br /> <br /> ===You want students to submit work in groups===<br /> <br /> *In the settings, set "Students submit in groups" to Yes. If you just do this, then once one student has submitted, the assignment will be flagged as submitted even if the others haven't contributed. If you want to ensure everyone has an input, set "Require students click submit button" to Yes and then change "Require all group members to submit" to Yes. The assignment will only be classed as submitted when each member has contributed, and once one student has submitted, the remaining members's names will be displayed for the group to see who still needs to add their input.<br /> <br /> ===You want to grade students' work anonymously===<br /> *In the settings, choose "Blind marking". When students submit assignments, their names will be replaced by randomly-generated participant numbers so you will not know who is who. Note that this is not '''totally''' blind marking because you can reveal their identities in the assignment settings and you can work out identities from the logs - so this might not be suitable if your establishment has very precise privacy requirements.<br /> <br /> ===You want to read and grade student assignments offline===<br /> *In the settings, choose "Offline grading worksheet". When students have submitted, click "View/grade all submissions" and you can download their assignments from the link "Download all submissions" and download the grading sheet from the link "Download grading worksheet". You can then edit grades and re-upload the grading worksheet. You can also upload multiple feedback files in a zip from this drop down menu. See [[Assignment settings]] for an explanation of how to use the "upload multiple feedback files as zip" feature.<br /> <br /> ===You want to hide students' grades until a time of your choosing.===<br /> Use 'marking workflow' as explained in [[Assignment settings]]<br /> <br /> ===You want to moderate other colleagues' marking or allocate certain teachers to certain students===<br /> Use 'marking allocation' as explained in [[Assignment settings]]<br /> <br /> ==Keeping records (archiving, exporting, backing up)==<br /> When students unenrol from a Moodle area, their records become invisible through the Gradebook interface. In order to have the information to hand, departments or course teaching teams may need systems in place to keep their own records for the data retention period required in their particular context. There are two separate procedures for exporting student submissions and marks.<br /> <br /> To export marks (with or without feedback):<br /> #Go to your course administration block and click Grades.<br /> #From the Grader Report Settings block, select Export; a menu displays.<br /> #From the menu, if you need easy viewing and running calculations you probably want to select one of the spreadsheet formats; a page of export settings loads<br /> #Use the Visible Groups pulldown menu to limit the export to specific groups, as required<br /> #In Options, you indicate whether feedback comments are included<br /> #In Grade Items To Be Included lists you can, if required, omit particular Activities from the report<br /> #When you've finished with the settings, click on Submit; a preview of your export displays<br /> #Click on Download to export to the format you chose, and save the file.<br /> <br /> To download the original student submissions:<br /> #In your course area, click the link to the Assignment whose submissions you want to download.<br /> #Click on the link to View/Grade all submissions; the Grading Table will load.<br /> #Click the link to 'Download all submissions' and save the file.<br /> ==Tips and Tricks==<br /> * Want to use an Assignment activity again in another Moodle site? Use the [[Activity_backup| backup and restore]] options. <br /> *Want to use an Assignment activity in another course you teach? Use the [[Import_course_data| Import function]] in the course administration block.<br /> *Moodle will sometimes appear not to be uploading a resubmitted assignment - you seem to be downloading the original assignment. This is a cache issue, in short, go to ''"Tools > Clear Recent History"'' in Firefox or ''"Tools > Delete Browsing History > Delete Temporary Files"'' in Windows Explorer. The newer file will then appear.<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> <br /> ===Examples from [http://school.demo.net School demo site]===<br /> <br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&rownum=3&action=grade Teacher view of a PDF assignment which can be annotated inline.]Log in with username 'teacher' and password 'moodle'<br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&action=grading Teacher view of allocated markers and marking workflow status.] Log in with username 'teacher' and password 'moodle'<br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=190 Student view of an assignment.] Log in with username 'student' and password 'moodle'. Scroll down to see the rubric and feedback.<br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=46&action=editsubmission Student view of a student submission statement] Log in with username 'student' and password 'moodle'<br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715 Student view of group assignment grading screen] Log in with username 'student' and password 'moodle'<br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715&action=grading Teacher view of a group assignment grading screen] Log in with username 'teacher' and password 'moodle'.<br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=191&action=grading Teacher view of blind marking grading screen] Log in with username 'teacher' and password 'moodle'<br /> <br /> ===Other===<br /> * [http://www.somerandomthoughts.com/blog/2013/07/07/one-approach-for-group-project-grading/ One approach to group project grading] blog post by Gavin Henrick<br /> * [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=201307 Advantages of using Assignment upload over emailing a document] forum discussion<br /> <br /> <br /> [[de:Aufgabe nutzen]]<br /> [[fr:Afficher un devoir]]<br /> [[ja:課題を表示する]]<br /> [[es:Usando Tarea]]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=mod/hotquestion/view&diff=125719 mod/hotquestion/view 2016-10-25T11:40:43Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div>The Hot Question activity is a Moodle plugin that can be used to better understand topics that a group collectively want to know more about. You ask participants to submit questions, or responses to a prompt, for example a recorded lecture, a topical issue, readings, revision class etc. Participants can then submit questions related to that topic, which appear in an ordered list (newest questions appear first). Participants then 'rate' other's questions by clicking a Thumbs Up icon - this gives the question / response heat. The more votes, the hotter the question and the higher up the list it will appear. <br /> <br /> This means teachers of large classes can address the top (5 or 10?) questions, knowing they are addressing the majority of the class's concerns. Other questions lower down the list might be discussed with a discussion forum, or summarised by the teacher. <br /> <br /> <br /> ==To use==<br /> # Login and navigate to your Moodle course.<br /> # Turn editing on.<br /> # Go to the topic you would like to add the Hot Question to, then from the Add an activity drop down select Hot Question (assuming your installation has the plugin installed).<br /> # Give the activity a name.<br /> # Decide whether you want students to be able to post anonymously and enable this if you do.<br /> # Click Save and display.<br /> # Add your question here and click Post.<br /> <br /> ===Post anonymously===<br /> There are not many configuration options for Hot Question, but one is anonymous posting for participants. When enabled, they can chose to hide their identity from other participants.You may find this useful if you are asking students for feedback on complex or difficult to understand subjects or are trying to encourage students who may be worried about posting a "stupid" question.<br /> <br /> ==How can staff see who voted on questions?==<br /> This information can be found in that Hot Question's logs (Navigation block> Reports).<br /> <br /> ==Ideas for usage==<br /> Take the questions and create a Wordle that will show repeated words in larger text.<br /> Ask questions on a Lecturecast recording, polling the questions asked and answering them in the next session<br /> Gather feedback during a session on certain aspects and with students rating the most important<br /> Establish an open-approach to asking questions, promoting students to considering other people's questions in lieu of their own<br /> <br /> ==Examples==<br /> The screenshot below shows an example of a Hot Question being used to allow students to ask questions about a video. It is also possible to embed videos into the Hot Question so students can watch it from the same page as the are where they can ask questions.<br /> [[Image:Moodle_hot_question.png]]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=moodle-report_myfeedback&diff=125718 moodle-report myfeedback 2016-10-25T11:38:50Z

<p>Jgramp: /* About this page= */</p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox plugin<br /> |type = report<br /> |entry = https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=report_myfeedback<br /> |tracker = https://github.com/jgramp/moodle-report_myfeedback/issues<br /> |discussion = Enter the link to the forum or discussion thread<br /> |maintainer = [[User:Jessica Gramp|Jessica Gramp]]<br /> |float = right<br /> }}<br /> ==About this page==<br /> This is in the installation guide, intended for Moodle site admins. For user guides please see [[report/myfeedback/index]].<br /> <br /> ==About the report==<br /> The Moodle My feedback report appears in the My Profile > Activity Reports menu and allows students to see an overview of all their grades and feedback for assessment activities such as Moodle Assignments, Turnitin Assignments (v1 & v2), Workshops and Quizzes. It provides their visible grades and a link to their submission and any feedback that has been released to them. The My feedback report displays this information in a searchable and sortable table. When clicking a link from this table, the user is directed to that course activity information (in some cases the link will be directly to the submission or feedback files - e.g. Turnitin Assignments open directly in a new window). When clicking on feedback this will usually take you to the user's result page for that activity.<br /> <br /> The report is intended to help students understand the variety of feedback they receive. It can also be used to identify similarities between feedback received from across modules and years to help students see how they can improve their work in future assessments. This is intended to be done in partnership with teaching staff (such as personal tutors at university, or a home group teacher in a school setting). See setting up staff access below.<br /> <br /> ==Install instructions:==<br /> 1. Copy the myfeedback directory to the report directory of your Moodle instance.<br /> <br /> 2. Login to Moodle as site admin, click on Site Administration > Notifications and verifying that the plugin is listed to be upgraded. Then select 'Upgrade the database'.<br /> <br /> 3. Check the language file for the My feedback report reflects language common to your institution, and if not, update the strings in Site Administration > Language> Language customisation. E.g. you might want to change 'module tutor', to 'teacher'.<br /> <br /> 4. Follow the steps below to set up staff access to the report for personal tutors, module tutors and programme admins.<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Setting up Access==<br /> Student access to the report is available as soon as you install it. If staff are also enrolled as students on any Moodle course, they will see this appear in their own report, alongside the My students tab and other dashboard(s) that enable them an overview of their students' feedback and grades.<br /> Staff access (teachers, personal tutors and programme administrators) need to be configured.<br /> <br /> ===Set up the My feedback roles for staff access===<br /> Log in as a site admin and go to Site Administration> Users > Permission > Define Roles.<br /> At the bottom of the page 'Add a new role' with the following permissions enabled:<br /> <br /> * Personal tutor: <br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:personaltutor<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:readuserblogs (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:readuserposts (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewalldetails (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewuseractivitiesreport (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewdetails (optional)<br /> <br /> * Programme administrator: <br /> ** Allow enrol/category:synchronised#<br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:progadmin<br /> <br /> #The programme administrator role can be used to assign staff at category level to all courses within the category using the category enrolments plugin. See: [[Category_enrolments]]<br /> It may be possible to use this role using Cohorts, but this has not been tested yet. If you do know if this works or not, please update this help file to reflect this - thank you.<br /> <br /> * Module tutor (or teacher)<br /> You will also need to modify the '''teacher''' and '''non-editing teacher''' role to enable teacher (known as 'module tutor'#) access to the report:<br /> ** Allow gradereport/myfeedbacklink:view<br /> <br /> This will enable anyone who is enrolled as a teacher, or non-editing teacher, to see feedback and grades from any '''courses they teach''' in the report. Feedback and grades for each student that reside within courses the teacher does not teach upon will not be visible. This is done deliberately in an attempt to avoid staff looking at student progress in other courses and letting this bias the marking process. However, if the staff member is also a personal tutor they will get a full view across moodle courses within the report, regardless of whether they are teaching these courses, but '''only for those students who are their personal tutees'''. This is to enable personal tutors to provide full support to students within personal tutoring meetings.<br /> <br /> #The names of the reports can be changed in the strings to match the terms used at your institution. To do this, log in as a site admin and use the language editing interface in Site Administration > Language> Language customisation.<br /> <br /> ===Personal Tutor access===<br /> To set up personal tutor access, the staff member needs to be assigned as a personal tutor of each student they are supporting, using the 'assign roles relative to this user' in each student's profile. <br /> See [https://docs.moodle.org/23/en/Parent_role#Assigning_the_parent_to_the_student|Assigning_the_parent_to_the_student].<br /> <br /> Assigning parent roles can be automated using the dbuserrel plugin. See: [https://moodle.org/plugins/enrol_dbuserrel|https://moodle.org/plugins/enrol_dbuserrel]<br /> <br /> ==How do users access the report==<br /> Once installed, the report can be accessed via the user profile (Reports > My Feedback).<br /> Access is controlled by the user context, teachers will be able to see grades and feedback for students enrolled on the courses that they teach.<br /> Students (who aren't also teachers) can only see their own grades. Programme Administrators can see all grades for all students in the category they have been assigned access to (unless permissions prohibit this).<br /> <br /> This is what the feedback comments tab looks like.<br /> [[File:Moodle31-MyFeedback-FeedbackComments.PNG]]<br /> For more user guidance, please see [[report/myfeedback/index]].</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=mod/hotquestion/view&diff=125717 mod/hotquestion/view 2016-10-25T10:20:51Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div>The Hot Question activity is a Moodle plugin that can be used to better understand topics that a group collectively want to know more about. You ask participants to submit questions, or responses to a prompt, for example a recorded lecture, a topical issue, readings, revision class etc. Participants can then submit questions related to that topic, which appear in an ordered list (newest questions appear first). Participants then 'rate' other's questions by clicking a Thumbs Up icon - this gives the question / response heat. The more votes, the hotter the question and the higher up the list it will appear. <br /> <br /> This means teachers of large classes can address the top (5 or 10?) questions, knowing they are addressing the majority of the class's concerns. Other questions lower down the list might be discussed with a discussion forum, or summarised by the teacher. <br /> <br /> <br /> ==To use==<br /> # Login and navigate to your Moodle course.<br /> # Turn editing on.<br /> # Go to the topic you would like to add the Hot Question to, then from the Add an activity drop down select Hot Question (assuming your installation has the plugin installed).<br /> # Give the activity a name.<br /> # Decide whether you want students to be able to post anonymously and enable this if you do.<br /> # Click Save and display.<br /> # Add your question here and click Post.<br /> <br /> ===Post anonymously===<br /> There are not many configuration options for Hot Question, but one is anonymous posting for participants. When enabled, they can chose to hide their identity from other participants.You may find this useful if you are asking students for feedback on complex or difficult to understand subjects or are trying to encourage students who may be worried about posting a "stupid" question.<br /> <br /> ==How can staff see who voted on questions?==<br /> This information can be found in that Hot Question's logs (Navigation block> Reports).<br /> <br /> ==Ideas for usage==<br /> Take the questions and create a Wordle that will show repeated words in larger text.<br /> Ask questions on a Lecturecast recording, polling the questions asked and answering them in the next session<br /> Gather feedback during a session on certain aspects and with students rating the most important<br /> Establish an open-approach to asking questions, promoting students to considering other people's questions in lieu of their own<br /> <br /> ==What Hot Question looks like==<br /> [[Image:Moodle_hot_question.png]]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=File:Moodle_hot_question.png&diff=125716 File:Moodle hot question.png 2016-10-25T10:19:48Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div></div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=mod/hotquestion/view&diff=125715 mod/hotquestion/view 2016-10-25T10:05:40Z

<p>Jgramp: /* To use */</p> <hr /> <div>Hot Question can be used to better understand topics that a group collectively want to know more about. You ask participants to submit questions, or responses to a prompt, for example a recorded lecture, a topical issue, readings, revision class etc. Participants can then submit questions related to that topic, which appear in an ordered list (newest questions appear first). Participants then 'rate' other's questions by clicking a Thumbs Up icon - this gives the question / response heat. The more votes, the hotter the question and the higher up the list it will appear. <br /> <br /> This means teachers of large classes can address the top (5 or 10?) questions, knowing they are addressing the majority of the class's concerns. Other questions lower down the list might be discussed with a discussion forum, or summarised by the teacher. <br /> <br /> <br /> ==To use==<br /> # Login and navigate to your Moodle course.<br /> # Turn editing on.<br /> # Go to the topic you would like to add the Hot Question to, then from the Add an activity drop down select Hot Question.<br /> # Give the activity a name.<br /> # Decide whether you want students to be able to post anonymously and enable this if you do.<br /> # Click Save and display.<br /> # Add your question here and click Post.<br /> <br /> ===Post anonymously===<br /> There are not many configuration options for Hot Question, but one is anonymous posting for participants. When enabled, they can chose to hide their identity from other participants.You may find this useful if you are asking students for feedback on complex or difficult to understand subjects or are trying to encourage students who may be worried about posting a "stupid" question.<br /> <br /> ==How can staff see who voted on questions?==<br /> This information can be found in that Hot Question's logs (Navigation block> Reports).<br /> <br /> ==Ideas for usage==<br /> Take the questions are create a Wordle that will show repeated words in larger text.<br /> Ask questions on a Lecturecast recording, polling the questions asked and answering them in the next session<br /> Gather feedback during a session on certain aspects and with students rating the most important<br /> Establish an open-approach to asking questions, promoting students to considering other people's questions in lieu of their own</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=mod/hotquestion/view&diff=125714 mod/hotquestion/view 2016-10-25T10:01:46Z

<p>Jgramp: Created page with "Hot Question can be used to better understand topics that a group collectively want to know more about. You ask participants to submit questions, or responses to a prompt, for..."</p> <hr /> <div>Hot Question can be used to better understand topics that a group collectively want to know more about. You ask participants to submit questions, or responses to a prompt, for example a recorded lecture, a topical issue, readings, revision class etc. Participants can then submit questions related to that topic, which appear in an ordered list (newest questions appear first). Participants then 'rate' other's questions by clicking a Thumbs Up icon - this gives the question / response heat. The more votes, the hotter the question and the higher up the list it will appear. <br /> <br /> This means teachers of large classes can address the top (5 or 10?) questions, knowing they are addressing the majority of the class's concerns. Other questions lower down the list might be discussed with a discussion forum, or summarised by the teacher. <br /> <br /> <br /> ==To use==<br /> Login and navigate to your Moodle course.<br /> Turn editing on<br /> Go to the topic you would like to add the Hot Question to, then from the Add an activity drop down select Hot Question.<br /> Give the activity a name then click Save and display.<br /> Add your question here and click Post.<br /> <br /> ==How can staff see who voted on questions?==<br /> This information can be found in that Hot Question's logs (Navigation block> Reports).<br /> <br /> ==Ideas for usage==<br /> Take the questions are create a Wordle that will show repeated words in larger text.<br /> Ask questions on a Lecturecast recording, polling the questions asked and answering them in the next session<br /> Gather feedback during a session on certain aspects and with students rating the most important<br /> Establish an open-approach to asking questions, promoting students to considering other people's questions in lieu of their own</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=moodle-report_myfeedback&diff=125710 moodle-report myfeedback 2016-10-24T17:42:04Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox plugin<br /> |type = report<br /> |entry = https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=report_myfeedback<br /> |tracker = https://github.com/jgramp/moodle-report_myfeedback/issues<br /> |discussion = Enter the link to the forum or discussion thread<br /> |maintainer = [[User:Jessica Gramp|Jessica Gramp]]<br /> |float = right<br /> }}<br /> ==About this page===<br /> This is in the installation guide, intended for Moodle site admins. For user guides please see [[report/myfeedback/index]].<br /> <br /> ==About the report==<br /> The Moodle My feedback report appears in the My Profile > Activity Reports menu and allows students to see an overview of all their grades and feedback for assessment activities such as Moodle Assignments, Turnitin Assignments (v1 & v2), Workshops and Quizzes. It provides their visible grades and a link to their submission and any feedback that has been released to them. The My feedback report displays this information in a searchable and sortable table. When clicking a link from this table, the user is directed to that course activity information (in some cases the link will be directly to the submission or feedback files - e.g. Turnitin Assignments open directly in a new window). When clicking on feedback this will usually take you to the user's result page for that activity.<br /> <br /> The report is intended to help students understand the variety of feedback they receive. It can also be used to identify similarities between feedback received from across modules and years to help students see how they can improve their work in future assessments. This is intended to be done in partnership with teaching staff (such as personal tutors at university, or a home group teacher in a school setting). See setting up staff access below.<br /> <br /> ==Install instructions:==<br /> 1. Copy the myfeedback directory to the report directory of your Moodle instance.<br /> <br /> 2. Login to Moodle as site admin, click on Site Administration > Notifications and verifying that the plugin is listed to be upgraded. Then select 'Upgrade the database'.<br /> <br /> 3. Check the language file for the My feedback report reflects language common to your institution, and if not, update the strings in Site Administration > Language> Language customisation. E.g. you might want to change 'module tutor', to 'teacher'.<br /> <br /> 4. Follow the steps below to set up staff access to the report for personal tutors, module tutors and programme admins.<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Setting up Access==<br /> Student access to the report is available as soon as you install it. If staff are also enrolled as students on any Moodle course, they will see this appear in their own report, alongside the My students tab and other dashboard(s) that enable them an overview of their students' feedback and grades.<br /> Staff access (teachers, personal tutors and programme administrators) need to be configured.<br /> <br /> ===Set up the My feedback roles for staff access===<br /> Log in as a site admin and go to Site Administration> Users > Permission > Define Roles.<br /> At the bottom of the page 'Add a new role' with the following permissions enabled:<br /> <br /> * Personal tutor: <br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:personaltutor<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:readuserblogs (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:readuserposts (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewalldetails (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewuseractivitiesreport (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewdetails (optional)<br /> <br /> * Programme administrator: <br /> ** Allow enrol/category:synchronised#<br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:progadmin<br /> <br /> #The programme administrator role can be used to assign staff at category level to all courses within the category using the category enrolments plugin. See: [[Category_enrolments]]<br /> It may be possible to use this role using Cohorts, but this has not been tested yet. If you do know if this works or not, please update this help file to reflect this - thank you.<br /> <br /> * Module tutor (or teacher)<br /> You will also need to modify the '''teacher''' and '''non-editing teacher''' role to enable teacher (known as 'module tutor'#) access to the report:<br /> ** Allow gradereport/myfeedbacklink:view<br /> <br /> This will enable anyone who is enrolled as a teacher, or non-editing teacher, to see feedback and grades from any '''courses they teach''' in the report. Feedback and grades for each student that reside within courses the teacher does not teach upon will not be visible. This is done deliberately in an attempt to avoid staff looking at student progress in other courses and letting this bias the marking process. However, if the staff member is also a personal tutor they will get a full view across moodle courses within the report, regardless of whether they are teaching these courses, but '''only for those students who are their personal tutees'''. This is to enable personal tutors to provide full support to students within personal tutoring meetings.<br /> <br /> #The names of the reports can be changed in the strings to match the terms used at your institution. To do this, log in as a site admin and use the language editing interface in Site Administration > Language> Language customisation.<br /> <br /> ===Personal Tutor access===<br /> To set up personal tutor access, the staff member needs to be assigned as a personal tutor of each student they are supporting, using the 'assign roles relative to this user' in each student's profile. <br /> See [https://docs.moodle.org/23/en/Parent_role#Assigning_the_parent_to_the_student|Assigning_the_parent_to_the_student].<br /> <br /> Assigning parent roles can be automated using the dbuserrel plugin. See: [https://moodle.org/plugins/enrol_dbuserrel|https://moodle.org/plugins/enrol_dbuserrel]<br /> <br /> ==How do users access the report==<br /> Once installed, the report can be accessed via the user profile (Reports > My Feedback).<br /> Access is controlled by the user context, teachers will be able to see grades and feedback for students enrolled on the courses that they teach.<br /> Students (who aren't also teachers) can only see their own grades. Programme Administrators can see all grades for all students in the category they have been assigned access to (unless permissions prohibit this).<br /> <br /> This is what the feedback comments tab looks like.<br /> [[File:Moodle31-MyFeedback-FeedbackComments.PNG]]<br /> For more user guidance, please see [[report/myfeedback/index]].</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=moodle-report_myfeedback&diff=125709 moodle-report myfeedback 2016-10-24T17:39:51Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox plugin<br /> |type = report<br /> |entry = https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=report_myfeedback<br /> |tracker = https://github.com/jgramp/moodle-report_myfeedback/issues<br /> |discussion = Enter the link to the forum or discussion thread<br /> |maintainer = [[User:Jessica Gramp|Jessica Gramp]]<br /> |float = right<br /> }}<br /> ==About this page===<br /> This is in the installation guide, intended for Moodle site admins. For user guides please see [[report/myfeedback/index]].<br /> <br /> ==About the report==<br /> The Moodle My feedback report appears in the My Profile > Activity Reports menu and allows students to see an overview of all their grades and feedback for assessment activities such as Moodle Assignments, Turnitin Assignments (v1 & v2), Workshops and Quizzes. It provides their visible grades and a link to their submission and any feedback that has been released to them. The My feedback report displays this information in a searchable and sortable table. When clicking a link from this table, the user is directed to that course activity information (in some cases the link will be directly to the submission or feedback files - e.g. Turnitin Assignments open directly in a new window). When clicking on feedback this will usually take you to the user's result page for that activity.<br /> <br /> The report is intended to help students understand the variety of feedback they receive. It can also be used to identify similarities between feedback received from across modules and years to help students see how they can improve their work in future assessments. This is intended to be done in partnership with teaching staff (such as personal tutors at university, or a home group teacher in a school setting). See setting up staff access below.<br /> <br /> ==Install instructions:==<br /> 1. Copy the myfeedback directory to the report directory of your Moodle instance.<br /> 2. Visit the admin notifications page and complete the installation process.<br /> 3. Check the language file for the My feedback report reflects language common to your institution, and if not, update the strings in Site Administration > Language> Language customisation.<br /> 4. Follow the steps below to set up staff access to the report for personal tutors, module tutors and programme admins.<br /> <br /> ==Setting up Access==<br /> Student access to the report is available as soon as you install it. If staff are also enrolled as students on any Moodle course, they will see this appear in their own report, alongside the My students tab and other dashboard(s) that enable them an overview of their students' feedback and grades.<br /> Staff access (teachers, personal tutors and programme administrators) need to be configured.<br /> <br /> ===Set up the My feedback roles for staff access===<br /> Log in as a site admin and go to Site Administration> Users > Permission > Define Roles.<br /> At the bottom of the page 'Add a new role' with the following permissions enabled:<br /> <br /> * Personal tutor: <br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:personaltutor<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:readuserblogs (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:readuserposts (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewalldetails (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewuseractivitiesreport (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewdetails (optional)<br /> <br /> * Programme administrator: <br /> ** Allow enrol/category:synchronised#<br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:progadmin<br /> <br /> #The programme administrator role can be used to assign staff at category level to all courses within the category using the category enrolments plugin. See: [[Category_enrolments]]<br /> It may be possible to use this role using Cohorts, but this has not been tested yet. If you do know if this works or not, please update this help file to reflect this - thank you.<br /> <br /> * Module tutor (or teacher)<br /> You will also need to modify the '''teacher''' and '''non-editing teacher''' role to enable teacher (known as 'module tutor'#) access to the report:<br /> * Allow gradereport/myfeedbacklink:view<br /> <br /> This will enable anyone who is enrolled as a teacher, or non-editing teacher, to see feedback and grades from any '''courses they teach''' in the report. Feedback and grades for each student that reside within courses the teacher does not teach upon will not be visible. This is done deliberately in an attempt to avoid staff looking at student progress in other courses and letting this bias the marking process. However, if the staff member is also a personal tutor they will get a full view across moodle courses within the report, regardless of whether they are teaching these courses, but '''only for those students who are their personal tutees'''. This is to enable personal tutors to provide full support to students within personal tutoring meetings.<br /> <br /> #The names of the reports can be changed in the strings to match the terms used at your institution. To do this, log in as a site admin and use the language editing interface in Site Administration > Language> Language customisation.<br /> <br /> ===Personal Tutor access===<br /> To set up personal tutor access, the staff member needs to be assigned as a personal tutor of each student they are supporting, using the 'assign roles relative to this user' in each student's profile. <br /> See [https://docs.moodle.org/23/en/Parent_role#Assigning_the_parent_to_the_student|Assigning_the_parent_to_the_student].<br /> <br /> Assigning parent roles can be automated using the dbuserrel plugin. See: [https://moodle.org/plugins/enrol_dbuserrel|https://moodle.org/plugins/enrol_dbuserrel]<br /> <br /> ==How do users access the report==<br /> Once installed, the report can be accessed via the user profile (Reports > My Feedback).<br /> Access is controlled by the user context, teachers will be able to see grades and feedback for students enrolled on the courses that they teach.<br /> Students (who aren't also teachers) can only see their own grades. Programme Administrators can see all grades for all students in the category they have been assigned access to (unless permissions prohibit this).<br /> <br /> This is what the feedback comments tab looks like.<br /> [[File:Moodle31-MyFeedback-FeedbackComments.PNG]]<br /> For more user guidance, please see [[report/myfeedback/index]].</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=report/myfeedback/index&diff=125708 report/myfeedback/index 2016-10-24T17:34:49Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div>The Moodle My Feedback report appears in the My Profile > Activity Reports menu and allows students to see an overview of all their grades and feedback for assessment activities such as Moodle Assignments, Turnitin Assignments (v1 & v2), Workshops and Quizzes. It provides their visible grades and a link to their submission and any feedback that has been released to them.<br /> <br /> The report can be accessed via the user profile (Activity Reports > My Feedback report). Access is controlled by the user context, teacher will be able to see this user's grades for the courses that they are teacher in Users can only see their own grades Admin and manager can see all grades for all users (unless permissions prohibit this)<br /> <br /> The report is intended to help students understand the variety of feedback they receive. It can also be used to identify similarities between feedback received from across modules and years to help students see how they can improve their work in future assessments.<br /> <br /> ==Glossary of terms==<br /> {| class="nicetable"<br /> |-<br /> ! Term<br /> ! Definition<br /> ! Visible to<br /> |-<br /> | Assessment<br /> | A set piece of assigned work or an item for which a student is given a grade and/or feedback with a Moodle course. Types of assessment are:<br /> * Moodle assignment (including offline assignments)<br /> * Turnitin assignment<br /> * Workshop (for peer assessment)<br /> * Quiz<br /> * Manual item (grade entered into gradebook for in-class activities, such as presentations)<br /> Staff are provided a total number of assessments a student should have submitted thus far on the Personal tutor, Module tutor and Departmental Administrator dashboards.<br /> | Students & staff<br /> |-<br /> | Course<br /> | The Moodle course that contains each assessment that appears in the MyFeedback report. A course is an area in Moodle, often used to share module information, however it can also be used for other purposes (e.g to represent a programme, project, prelab activity or professional development course). The report will show the course name with a link to the course, but only those with access to the course will be able to view the course itself and the actual assessment pages it contains. Personal Tutors and Departmental Admins will see all course information in the report, but module tutors (or teachers) are restricted to only seeing courses in the report that they teach upon.<br /> | Students and any enrolled staff<br /> |-<br /> | Departmental administrator<br /> | A member of staff who has oversight for a particular department or programme in an administrative, senior teaching or management capacity (e.g. programme administrator, departmental/teaching administrator, module leader, departmental tutor, faculty tutor, programme tutor, programme director, head of department, director of studies or programme leader).<br /> | n/a<br /> |-<br /> | Formative and summative assessment<br /> | Formative assessment takes place throughout the course. It has a developmental purpose and is designed to help students to learn more effectively via set pieces of work and giving students feedback on their performance and how it can be improved and/or maintained. Formative assessment is reflective practice and does not usually contribute to the course grade at the end of the year. Any coursework that counts towards the final grade is known as 'summative' feedback.<br /> | Staff and students<br /> |-<br /> | Graded assessments<br /> | The number of assessments graded thus far, with feedback visible to students.<br /> | Staff via dashboards<br /> |-<br /> | Late feedback<br /> | The number of assessments graded more than 4 weeks after the submission or due date (whichever is later). Some institutions have a four week feedback turnaround policy, so feedback that takes longer than this to reach students is considered late.<br /> Note: this information is not available in the current release of MyFeedback and is scheduled for release in November 2016. The MyFeedback report can only determine the last date that the feedback was updated. So if changes are made to the grade or feedback after they are initially released (e.g. amendments are made) this may result in assessments being deemed to have late feedback, when this is not actually the case. This should be kept in mind when viewing this information.<br /> | Departmental Admins via dashboard<br /> |-<br /> | Late submissions<br /> | The number of assignments that have been submitted after the deadline.<br /> Note: assignment and quiz deadlines can be amended to give individuals extensions. If this is done, the report takes this into account when determining the number of late submissions. However, not all departments use this feature in Moodle, so this should kept in mind when viewing this data.<br /> | Staff via dashboards<br /> |-<br /> | Low graded assessments<br /> | The number of assessments (where the grades have been released to students) with a score below 50%.<br /> | Staff via dashboards<br /> |-<br /> | Non-submissions<br /> | The number of missed submissions for due assessments.<br /> | Staff via dashboards<br /> |}</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=report/myfeedback/index&diff=125707 report/myfeedback/index 2016-10-24T17:31:22Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div>The Moodle My Feedback report appears in the My Profile > Activity Reports menu and allows students to see an overview of all their grades and feedback for assessment activities such as Moodle Assignments, Turnitin Assignments (v1 & v2), Workshops and Quizzes. It provides their visible grades and a link to their submission and any feedback that has been released to them.<br /> <br /> The report can be accessed via the user profile (Activity Reports > My Feedback report). Access is controlled by the user context, teacher will be able to see this user's grades for the courses that they are teacher in Users can only see their own grades Admin and manager can see all grades for all users (unless permissions prohibit this)<br /> <br /> The report is intended to help students understand the variety of feedback they receive. It can also be used to identify similarities between feedback received from across modules and years to help students see how they can improve their work in future assessments.<br /> <br /> ==Glossary of terms==<br /> {| class="nicetable"<br /> |-<br /> ! Term<br /> ! Definition<br /> ! Visible to<br /> |-<br /> | Assessment<br /> | A set piece of assigned work or an item for which a student is given a grade and/or feedback with a Moodle course. Types of assessment are:<br /> * Moodle assignment (including offline assignments)<br /> * Turnitin assignment<br /> * Workshop (for peer assessment)<br /> * Quiz<br /> * Manual item (grade entered into gradebook for in-class activities, such as presentations)<br /> Staff are provided a total number of assessments a student should have submitted thus far on the Personal tutor, Module tutor and Departmental Administrator dashboards.<br /> | Students & staff<br /> |-<br /> | Course<br /> | The Moodle course that contains each assessment that appears in the MyFeedback report. A course is an area in Moodle, often used to share module information, however it can also be used for other purposes (e.g to represent a programme, project, prelab activity or professional development course).<br /> | Students and any enrolled staff<br /> |-<br /> | Departmental administrator<br /> | A member of staff who has oversight for a particular department or programme in an administrative, senior teaching or management capacity (e.g. programme administrator, departmental/teaching administrator, module leader, departmental tutor, faculty tutor, programme tutor, programme director, head of department, director of studies or programme leader).<br /> | n/a<br /> |-<br /> | Formative and summative assessment<br /> | Formative assessment takes place throughout the course. It has a developmental purpose and is designed to help students to learn more effectively via set pieces of work and giving students feedback on their performance and how it can be improved and/or maintained. Formative assessment is reflective practice and does not usually contribute to the course grade at the end of the year. Any coursework that counts towards the final grade is known as 'summative' feedback.<br /> | Staff and students<br /> |-<br /> | Graded assessments<br /> | The number of assessments graded thus far, with feedback visible to students.<br /> | Staff via dashboard<br /> |-<br /> | Late feedback<br /> | The number of assessments graded more than 4 weeks after the submission or due date (whichever is later). UCL has a four week feedback turnaround policy, so feedback that takes longer than this to reach students is considered late.<br /> Note: this information is not available in the current release of MyFeedback and is scheduled for release to Tutors and Departmental Administrators only in November. The MyFeedback report can only determine the last date that the feedback was updated. So if changes are made to the grade or feedback after they are initially released (e.g. amendments are made) this may result in assessments being deemed to have late feedback, when this is not actually the case. This should be kept in mind when viewing this information.<br /> | Departmental Admins via dashboard<br /> |-<br /> | Late submissions<br /> | The number of assignments that have been submitted after the deadline.<br /> Note: assignment and quiz deadlines can be amended to give individuals extensions. If this is done, the report takes this into account when determining the number of late submissions. However, not all departments use this feature in Moodle, so this should kept in mind when viewing this data.<br /> | Staff via dashboard<br /> |-<br /> | Low graded assessments<br /> | The number of assessments (where the grades have been released to students) with a score below 50%.<br /> | Staff via dashboard<br /> |-<br /> | Non-submissions<br /> | The number of missed submissions for due assessments.<br /> | Staff via dashboard<br /> |}</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=moodle-report_myfeedback&diff=125706 moodle-report myfeedback 2016-10-24T17:21:15Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox plugin<br /> |type = report<br /> |entry = https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=report_myfeedback<br /> |tracker = https://github.com/jgramp/moodle-report_myfeedback/issues<br /> |discussion = Enter the link to the forum or discussion thread<br /> |maintainer = [[User:Jessica Gramp|Jessica Gramp]]<br /> |float = right<br /> }}<br /> ==About this page===<br /> This is in the installation guide, intended for Moodle site admins. For user guides please see [[report/myfeedback/index]].<br /> <br /> ==About the report==<br /> The Moodle My feedback report appears in the My Profile > Activity Reports menu and allows students to see an overview of all their grades and feedback for assessment activities such as Moodle Assignments, Turnitin Assignments (v1 & v2), Workshops and Quizzes. It provides their visible grades and a link to their submission and any feedback that has been released to them. The My feedback report displays this information in a searchable and sortable table. When clicking a link from this table, the user is directed to that course activity information (in some cases the link will be directly to the submission or feedback files - e.g. Turnitin Assignments open directly in a new window). When clicking on feedback this will usually take you to the user's result page for that activity.<br /> <br /> The report is intended to help students understand the variety of feedback they receive. It can also be used to identify similarities between feedback received from across modules and years to help students see how they can improve their work in future assessments. This is intended to be done in partnership with teaching staff (such as personal tutors at university, or a home group teacher in a school setting). See setting up staff access below.<br /> <br /> ==Install instructions:==<br /> 1. Copy the myfeedback directory to the report directory of your Moodle instance.<br /> 2. Visit the admin notifications page and complete the installation process.<br /> 3. Check the language file for the My feedback report reflects language common to your institution, and if not, update the strings in Site Administration > Language> Language customisation.<br /> 4. Follow the steps below to set up staff access to the report for personal tutors, module tutors and programme admins.<br /> <br /> ==Setting up Access==<br /> Student access to the report is available as soon as you install it. If staff are also enrolled as students on any Moodle course, they will see this appear in their own report, alongside the My students tab and other dashboard(s) that enable them an overview of their students' feedback and grades.<br /> Staff access (teachers, personal tutors and programme administrators) need to be configured.<br /> <br /> ===Set up the My feedback roles for staff access===<br /> Log in as a site admin and go to Site Administration> Users > Permission > Define Roles.<br /> At the bottom of the page 'Add a new role' with the following permissions enabled:<br /> <br /> * Personal tutor: <br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:personaltutor<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:readuserblogs (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:readuserposts (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewalldetails (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewuseractivitiesreport (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewdetails (optional)<br /> <br /> * Programme administrator: <br /> ** Allow enrol/category:synchronised#<br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:progadmin<br /> <br /> #The programme administrator role can be used to assign staff at category level to all courses within the category using the category enrolments plugin. See: [[Category_enrolments]]<br /> It may be possible to use this role using Cohorts, but this has not been tested yet. If you do know if this works or not, please update this help file to reflect this - thank you.<br /> <br /> You will also need to modify the '''teacher''' and '''non-editing teacher''' role to enable teacher (known as 'module tutor'#) access to the report:<br /> * Allow gradereport/myfeedbacklink:view<br /> <br /> #The names of the reports can be changed in the strings to match the terms used at your institution. To do this, log in as a site admin and use the language editing interface in Site Administration > Language> Language customisation.<br /> <br /> ===Personal Tutor access===<br /> To set up personal tutor access, the staff member needs to be assigned as a personal tutor of each student they are supporting, using the 'assign roles relative to this user' in each student's profile. <br /> See [https://docs.moodle.org/23/en/Parent_role#Assigning_the_parent_to_the_student|Assigning_the_parent_to_the_student].<br /> <br /> Assigning parent roles can be automated using the dbuserrel plugin. See: [https://moodle.org/plugins/enrol_dbuserrel|https://moodle.org/plugins/enrol_dbuserrel]<br /> <br /> ==How do users access the report==<br /> Once installed, the report can be accessed via the user profile (Reports > My Feedback).<br /> Access is controlled by the user context, teachers will be able to see grades and feedback for students enrolled on the courses that they teach.<br /> Students (who aren't also teachers) can only see their own grades. Programme Administrators can see all grades for all students in the category they have been assigned access to (unless permissions prohibit this).<br /> <br /> This is what the feedback comments tab looks like.<br /> [[File:Moodle31-MyFeedback-FeedbackComments.PNG]]<br /> For more user guidance, please see [[report/myfeedback/index]].</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=moodle-report_myfeedback&diff=125705 moodle-report myfeedback 2016-10-24T17:20:09Z

<p>Jgramp: /* Personal Tutor access */</p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox plugin<br /> |type = report<br /> |entry = https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=report_myfeedback<br /> |tracker = https://github.com/jgramp/moodle-report_myfeedback/issues<br /> |discussion = Enter the link to the forum or discussion thread<br /> |maintainer = [[User:Jessica Gramp|Jessica Gramp]]<br /> |float = right<br /> }}<br /> ==About this page===<br /> This is in the installation guide, intended for Moodle site admins. For user guides please see [[report/myfeedback/index]].<br /> <br /> ==About the report==<br /> The Moodle My feedback report appears in the My Profile > Activity Reports menu and allows students to see an overview of all their grades and feedback for assessment activities such as Moodle Assignments, Turnitin Assignments (v1 & v2), Workshops and Quizzes. It provides their visible grades and a link to their submission and any feedback that has been released to them. The My feedback report displays this information in a searchable and sortable table. When clicking a link from this table, the user is directed to that course activity information (in some cases the link will be directly to the submission or feedback files - e.g. Turnitin Assignments open directly in a new window). When clicking on feedback this will usually take you to the user's result page for that activity.<br /> <br /> The report is intended to help students understand the variety of feedback they receive. It can also be used to identify similarities between feedback received from across modules and years to help students see how they can improve their work in future assessments. This is intended to be done in partnership with teaching staff (such as personal tutors at university, or a home group teacher in a school setting). See setting up staff access below.<br /> <br /> ==Install instructions:==<br /> 1. Copy the myfeedback directory to the report directory of your Moodle instance.<br /> 2. Visit the admin notifications page and complete the installation process.<br /> 3. Check the language file for the My feedback report reflects language common to your institution, and if not, update the strings in Site Administration > Language> Language customisation.<br /> 4. Follow the steps below to set up staff access to the report for personal tutors, module tutors and programme admins.<br /> <br /> ==Setting up Access==<br /> Student access to the report is available as soon as you install it. If staff are also enrolled as students on any Moodle course, they will see this appear in their own report, alongside the My students tab and other dashboard(s) that enable them an overview of their students' feedback and grades.<br /> Staff access (teachers, personal tutors and programme administrators) need to be configured.<br /> <br /> ===Set up the My feedback roles for staff access===<br /> Log in as a site admin and go to Site Administration> Users > Permission > Define Roles.<br /> At the bottom of the page 'Add a new role' with the following permissions enabled:<br /> <br /> * Personal tutor: <br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:personaltutor<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:readuserblogs (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:readuserposts (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewalldetails (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewuseractivitiesreport (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewdetails (optional)<br /> <br /> * Programme administrator: <br /> ** Allow enrol/category:synchronised#<br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:progadmin<br /> <br /> #The programme administrator role can be used to assign staff at category level to all courses within the category using the category enrolments plugin. See: [[Category_enrolments]]<br /> It may be possible to use this role using Cohorts, but this has not been tested yet. If you do know if this works or not, please update this help file to reflect this - thank you.<br /> <br /> You will also need to modify the '''teacher''' and '''non-editing teacher''' role to enable teacher (known as 'module tutor'#) access to the report:<br /> * Allow gradereport/myfeedbacklink:view<br /> <br /> #The names of the reports can be changed in the strings to match the terms used at your institution. To do this, log in as a site admin and use the language editing interface in Site Administration > Language> Language customisation.<br /> <br /> ===Personal Tutor access===<br /> To set up personal tutor access, the staff member needs to be assigned as a personal tutor of each student they are supporting, using the 'assign roles relative to this user' in each student's profile. <br /> See [https://docs.moodle.org/23/en/Parent_role#Assigning_the_parent_to_the_student|Assigning_the_parent_to_the_student].<br /> <br /> Assigning parent roles can be automated using the dbuserrel plugin. See: [https://moodle.org/plugins/enrol_dbuserrel|https://moodle.org/plugins/enrol_dbuserrel]<br /> <br /> ==How do users access the report==<br /> Once installed, the report can be accessed via the user profile (Reports > My Feedback).<br /> Access is controlled by the user context, teachers will be able to see grades and feedback for students enrolled on the courses that they teach.<br /> Students (who aren't also teachers) can only see their own grades. Programme Administrators can see all grades for all students in the category they have been assigned access to (unless permissions prohibit this).<br /> <br /> [[File:Moodle31-MyFeedback-FeedbackComments.PNG]]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=moodle-report_myfeedback&diff=125704 moodle-report myfeedback 2016-10-24T17:18:46Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox plugin<br /> |type = report<br /> |entry = https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=report_myfeedback<br /> |tracker = https://github.com/jgramp/moodle-report_myfeedback/issues<br /> |discussion = Enter the link to the forum or discussion thread<br /> |maintainer = [[User:Jessica Gramp|Jessica Gramp]]<br /> |float = right<br /> }}<br /> ==About this page===<br /> This is in the installation guide, intended for Moodle site admins. For user guides please see [[report/myfeedback/index]].<br /> <br /> ==About the report==<br /> The Moodle My feedback report appears in the My Profile > Activity Reports menu and allows students to see an overview of all their grades and feedback for assessment activities such as Moodle Assignments, Turnitin Assignments (v1 & v2), Workshops and Quizzes. It provides their visible grades and a link to their submission and any feedback that has been released to them. The My feedback report displays this information in a searchable and sortable table. When clicking a link from this table, the user is directed to that course activity information (in some cases the link will be directly to the submission or feedback files - e.g. Turnitin Assignments open directly in a new window). When clicking on feedback this will usually take you to the user's result page for that activity.<br /> <br /> The report is intended to help students understand the variety of feedback they receive. It can also be used to identify similarities between feedback received from across modules and years to help students see how they can improve their work in future assessments. This is intended to be done in partnership with teaching staff (such as personal tutors at university, or a home group teacher in a school setting). See setting up staff access below.<br /> <br /> ==Install instructions:==<br /> 1. Copy the myfeedback directory to the report directory of your Moodle instance.<br /> 2. Visit the admin notifications page and complete the installation process.<br /> 3. Check the language file for the My feedback report reflects language common to your institution, and if not, update the strings in Site Administration > Language> Language customisation.<br /> 4. Follow the steps below to set up staff access to the report for personal tutors, module tutors and programme admins.<br /> <br /> ==Setting up Access==<br /> Student access to the report is available as soon as you install it. If staff are also enrolled as students on any Moodle course, they will see this appear in their own report, alongside the My students tab and other dashboard(s) that enable them an overview of their students' feedback and grades.<br /> Staff access (teachers, personal tutors and programme administrators) need to be configured.<br /> <br /> ===Set up the My feedback roles for staff access===<br /> Log in as a site admin and go to Site Administration> Users > Permission > Define Roles.<br /> At the bottom of the page 'Add a new role' with the following permissions enabled:<br /> <br /> * Personal tutor: <br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:personaltutor<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:readuserblogs (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:readuserposts (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewalldetails (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewuseractivitiesreport (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewdetails (optional)<br /> <br /> * Programme administrator: <br /> ** Allow enrol/category:synchronised#<br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:progadmin<br /> <br /> #The programme administrator role can be used to assign staff at category level to all courses within the category using the category enrolments plugin. See: [[Category_enrolments]]<br /> It may be possible to use this role using Cohorts, but this has not been tested yet. If you do know if this works or not, please update this help file to reflect this - thank you.<br /> <br /> You will also need to modify the '''teacher''' and '''non-editing teacher''' role to enable teacher (known as 'module tutor'#) access to the report:<br /> * Allow gradereport/myfeedbacklink:view<br /> <br /> #The names of the reports can be changed in the strings to match the terms used at your institution. To do this, log in as a site admin and use the language editing interface in Site Administration > Language> Language customisation.<br /> <br /> ===Personal Tutor access===<br /> To set up personal tutor access, the staff member needs to be assigned as a personal tutor of each student they are supporting, using the 'assign roles relative to this user' in each student's profile. <br /> See [https://docs.moodle.org/23/en/Parent_role#Assigning_the_parent_to_the_student].<br /> <br /> Assigning parent roles can be automated using the dbuserrel plugin. See: [https://moodle.org/plugins/enrol_dbuserrel]<br /> <br /> ==How do users access the report==<br /> Once installed, the report can be accessed via the user profile (Reports > My Feedback).<br /> Access is controlled by the user context, teachers will be able to see grades and feedback for students enrolled on the courses that they teach.<br /> Students (who aren't also teachers) can only see their own grades. Programme Administrators can see all grades for all students in the category they have been assigned access to (unless permissions prohibit this).<br /> <br /> [[File:Moodle31-MyFeedback-FeedbackComments.PNG]]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=moodle-report_myfeedback&diff=125703 moodle-report myfeedback 2016-10-24T17:17:57Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox plugin<br /> |type = report<br /> |entry = https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=report_myfeedback<br /> |tracker = https://github.com/jgramp/moodle-report_myfeedback/issues<br /> |discussion = Enter the link to the forum or discussion thread<br /> |maintainer = [[User:Jessica Gramp|Jessica Gramp]]<br /> |float = right<br /> }}<br /> ==About this page===<br /> This is in the installation guide, intended for Moodle site admins. For user guides please see [[report/myfeedback/index]].<br /> <br /> ==About the report==<br /> The Moodle My feedback report appears in the My Profile > Activity Reports menu and allows students to see an overview of all their grades and feedback for assessment activities such as Moodle Assignments, Turnitin Assignments (v1 & v2), Workshops and Quizzes. It provides their visible grades and a link to their submission and any feedback that has been released to them. The My feedback report displays this information in a searchable and sortable table. When clicking a link from this table, the user is directed to that course activity information (in some cases the link will be directly to the submission or feedback files - e.g. Turnitin Assignments open directly in a new window). When clicking on feedback this will usually take you to the user's result page for that activity.<br /> <br /> The report is intended to help students understand the variety of feedback they receive. It can also be used to identify similarities between feedback received from across modules and years to help students see how they can improve their work in future assessments. This is intended to be done in partnership with teaching staff (such as personal tutors at university, or a home group teacher in a school setting). See setting up staff access below.<br /> <br /> ==Install instructions:==<br /> 1. Copy the myfeedback directory to the report directory of your Moodle instance.<br /> 2. Visit the admin notifications page and complete the installation process.<br /> 3. Check the language file for the My feedback report reflects language common to your institution, and if not, update the strings in Site Administration > Language> Language customisation.<br /> 4. Follow the steps below to set up staff access to the report for personal tutors, module tutors and programme admins.<br /> <br /> ==Setting up Access==<br /> Student access to the report is available as soon as you install it. If staff are also enrolled as students on any Moodle course, they will see this appear in their own report, alongside the My students tab and other dashboard(s) that enable them an overview of their students' feedback and grades.<br /> Staff access (teachers, personal tutors and programme administrators) need to be configured.<br /> <br /> ===Set up the My feedback roles for staff access===<br /> Log in as a site admin and go to Site Administration> Users > Permission > Define Roles.<br /> At the bottom of the page 'Add a new role' with the following permissions enabled:<br /> <br /> * Personal tutor: <br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:personaltutor<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:readuserblogs (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:readuserposts (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewalldetails (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewuseractivitiesreport (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewdetails (optional)<br /> <br /> * Programme administrator: <br /> ** Allow enrol/category:synchronised*<br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:progadmin<br /> <br /> *The programme administrator role can be used to assign staff at category level to all courses within the category using the category enrolments plugin. See: [[Category_enrolments]]<br /> It may be possible to use this role using Cohorts, but this has not been tested yet. If you do know if this works or not, please update this help file to reflect this - thank you.<br /> <br /> You will also need to modify the '''teacher''' and '''non-editing teacher''' role to enable teacher (known as 'module tutor'*) access to the report:<br /> * Allow gradereport/myfeedbacklink:view<br /> <br /> *The names of the reports can be changed in the strings to match the terms used at your institution. To do this, log in as a site admin and use the language editing interface in Site Administration > Language> Language customisation.<br /> <br /> ===Personal Tutor access===<br /> To set up personal tutor access, the staff member needs to be assigned as a personal tutor of each student they are supporting, using the 'assign roles relative to this user' in each student's profile. <br /> See [https://docs.moodle.org/23/en/Parent_role#Assigning_the_parent_to_the_student].<br /> <br /> Assigning parent roles can be automated using the dbuserrel plugin. See: [https://moodle.org/plugins/enrol_dbuserrel]<br /> <br /> ==How do users access the report==<br /> Once installed, the report can be accessed via the user profile (Reports > My Feedback).<br /> Access is controlled by the user context, teachers will be able to see grades and feedback for students enrolled on the courses that they teach.<br /> Students (who aren't also teachers) can only see their own grades. Programme Administrators can see all grades for all students in the category they have been assigned access to (unless permissions prohibit this).<br /> <br /> [[File:Moodle31-MyFeedback-FeedbackComments.PNG]]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=moodle-report_myfeedback&diff=125702 moodle-report myfeedback 2016-10-24T17:16:25Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox plugin<br /> |type = report<br /> |entry = https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=report_myfeedback<br /> |tracker = https://github.com/jgramp/moodle-report_myfeedback/issues<br /> |discussion = Enter the link to the forum or discussion thread<br /> |maintainer = [[User:Jessica Gramp|Jessica Gramp]]<br /> |float = right<br /> }}<br /> ==About this page===<br /> This is in the installation guide, intended for Moodle site admins. For user guides please see [[report/myfeedback/index]].<br /> <br /> ==About the report==<br /> The Moodle My feedback report appears in the My Profile > Activity Reports menu and allows students to see an overview of all their grades and feedback for assessment activities such as Moodle Assignments, Turnitin Assignments (v1 & v2), Workshops and Quizzes. It provides their visible grades and a link to their submission and any feedback that has been released to them. The My feedback report displays this information in a searchable and sortable table. When clicking a link from this table, the user is directed to that course activity information (in some cases the link will be directly to the submission or feedback files - e.g. Turnitin Assignments open directly in a new window). When clicking on feedback this will usually take you to the user's result page for that activity.<br /> <br /> The report is intended to help students understand the variety of feedback they receive. It can also be used to identify similarities between feedback received from across modules and years to help students see how they can improve their work in future assessments. This is intended to be done in partnership with teaching staff (such as personal tutors at university, or a home group teacher in a school setting). See setting up staff access below.<br /> <br /> ==Install instructions:==<br /> 1. Copy the myfeedback directory to the report directory of your Moodle instance.<br /> 2. Visit the admin notifications page and complete the installation process.<br /> 3. Check the language file for the My feedback report reflects language common to your institution, and if not, update the strings in Site Administration > Language> Language customisation.<br /> 4. Follow the steps below to set up staff access to the report for personal tutors, module tutors and programme admins.<br /> <br /> ==Setting up Access==<br /> Student access to the report is available as soon as you install it. If staff are also enrolled as students on any Moodle course, they will see this appear in their own report, alongside the My students tab and other dashboard(s) that enable them an overview of their students' feedback and grades.<br /> Staff access (teachers, personal tutors and programme administrators) need to be configured.<br /> <br /> ===Set up the My feedback roles for staff access===<br /> Log in as a site admin and go to Site Administration> Users > Permission > Define Roles.<br /> At the bottom of the page 'Add a new role' with the following permissions enabled:<br /> <br /> * Personal tutor: <br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:personaltutor<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:readuserblogs (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:readuserposts (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewalldetails (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewuseractivitiesreport (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewdetails (optional)<br /> <br /> * Programme administrator: <br /> ** Allow enrol/category:synchronised*<br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:progadmin<br /> <br /> * The programme administrator role can be used to assign staff at category level to all courses within the category using the category enrolments plugin. See: [[Category_enrolments]]<br /> It may be possible to use this role using Cohorts, but this has not been tested yet. If you do know if this works or not, please update this help file to reflect this - thank you.<br /> <br /> You will also need to modify the '''teacher''' and '''non-editing teacher''' role to enable teacher (known as 'module tutor'*) access to the report:<br /> * Allow gradereport/myfeedbacklink:view<br /> <br /> * The names of the reports can be changed in the strings to match the terms used at your institution. To do this, log in as a site admin and use the language editing interface in Site Administration > Language> Language customisation.<br /> <br /> ===Personal Tutor access===<br /> To set up personal tutor access, the staff member needs to be assigned as a personal tutor of each student they are supporting, using the 'assign roles relative to this user' in each student's profile. <br /> See [https://docs.moodle.org/23/en/Parent_role#Assigning_the_parent_to_the_student].<br /> <br /> Assigning parent roles can be automated using the dbuserrel plugin. See: [https://moodle.org/plugins/enrol_dbuserrel]<br /> <br /> ==How do users access the report==<br /> Once installed, the report can be accessed via the user profile (Reports > My Feedback).<br /> Access is controlled by the user context, teachers will be able to see grades and feedback for students enrolled on the courses that they teach.<br /> Students (who aren't also teachers) can only see their own grades. Programme Administrators can see all grades for all students in the category they have been assigned access to (unless permissions prohibit this).<br /> <br /> [[File:Moodle31-MyFeedback-FeedbackComments.PNG]]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=moodle-report_myfeedback&diff=125701 moodle-report myfeedback 2016-10-24T17:11:56Z

<p>Jgramp: /* Install instructions: */</p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox plugin<br /> |type = report<br /> |entry = https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=report_myfeedback<br /> |tracker = https://github.com/jgramp/moodle-report_myfeedback/issues<br /> |discussion = Enter the link to the forum or discussion thread<br /> |maintainer = [[User:Jessica Gramp|Jessica Gramp]]<br /> |float = right<br /> }}<br /> <br /> For user guides please see [[report/myfeedback/index]].<br /> <br /> ==About the report==<br /> The Moodle My feedback report appears in the My Profile > Activity Reports menu and allows students to see an overview of all their grades and feedback for assessment activities such as Moodle Assignments, Turnitin Assignments (v1 & v2), Workshops and Quizzes. It provides their visible grades and a link to their submission and any feedback that has been released to them. The My feedback report displays this information in a searchable and sortable table. When clicking a link from this table, the user is directed to that course activity information (in some cases the link will be directly to the submission or feedback files - e.g. Turnitin Assignments open directly in a new window). When clicking on feedback this will usually take you to the user's result page for that activity.<br /> <br /> The report is intended to help students understand the variety of feedback they receive. It can also be used to identify similarities between feedback received from across modules and years to help students see how they can improve their work in future assessments. This is intended to be done in partnership with teaching staff (such as personal tutors at university, or a home group teacher in a school setting). See setting up staff access below.<br /> <br /> ==Install instructions:==<br /> 1. Copy the myfeedback directory to the report directory of your Moodle instance.<br /> 2. Visit the admin notifications page.<br /> <br /> ==Setting up Access==<br /> Student access to the report is available as soon as you install it.<br /> Staff access (teachers, personal tutors and programme administrators) need to be configured.<br /> <br /> ===Set up the My feedback roles for staff access===<br /> Log in as a site admin and go to Site Administration> Users > Permission > Define Roles.<br /> At the bottom of the page 'Add a new role' with the following permissions enabled:<br /> <br /> * Personal tutor: <br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:personaltutor<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:readuserblogs (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:readuserposts (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewalldetails (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewuseractivitiesreport (optional)<br /> ** Allow moodle/user:viewdetails (optional)<br /> <br /> * Programme administrator: <br /> ** Allow enrol/category:synchronised*<br /> ** Allow report/myfeedback:progadmin<br /> <br /> * The programme administrator role can be used to assign staff at category level to all courses within the category using the category enrolments plugin. See: [[Category_enrolments]]<br /> It may be possible to use this role using Cohorts, but this has not been tested yet. If you do know if this works or not, please update this help file to reflect this - thank you.<br /> <br /> You will also need to modify the '''teacher''' and '''non-editing teacher''' role to enable teacher (known as 'module tutor'*) access to the report:<br /> * Allow gradereport/myfeedbacklink:view<br /> <br /> * The names of the reports can be changed in the strings to match the terms used at your institution. To do this, log in as a site admin and use the language editing interface in Site Administration > Language> Language customisation.<br /> <br /> ===Personal Tutor access===<br /> To set up personal tutor access, the staff member needs to be assigned as a personal tutor of each student they are supporting, using the 'assign roles relative to this user' in each student's profile. <br /> See [https://docs.moodle.org/23/en/Parent_role#Assigning_the_parent_to_the_student].<br /> <br /> Assigning parent roles can be automated using the dbuserrel plugin. See: [https://moodle.org/plugins/enrol_dbuserrel]<br /> <br /> ==How do users access the report==<br /> Once installed, the report can be accessed via the user profile (Reports > My Feedback).<br /> Access is controlled by the user context, teachers will be able to see grades and feedback for students enrolled on the courses that they teach.<br /> Students (who aren't also teachers) can only see their own grades. Programme Administrators can see all grades for all students in the category they have been assigned access to (unless permissions prohibit this).<br /> <br /> [[File:Moodle31-MyFeedback-FeedbackComments.PNG]]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=File:Moodle31-MyFeedback-FeedbackComments.PNG&diff=125700 File:Moodle31-MyFeedback-FeedbackComments.PNG 2016-10-24T16:32:17Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div></div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=moodle-report_myfeedback&diff=125699 moodle-report myfeedback 2016-10-24T16:29:58Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox plugin<br /> |type = report<br /> |entry = https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=report_myfeedback<br /> |tracker = https://github.com/jgramp/moodle-report_myfeedback/issues<br /> |discussion = Enter the link to the forum or discussion thread<br /> |maintainer = [[User:Jessica Gramp|Jessica Gramp]]<br /> |float = right<br /> }}<br /> <br /> For user guides please see [[report/myfeedback/index]].<br /> <br /> ==Install instructions:==<br /> 1. Copy the myfeedback directory to the report directory of your Moodle instance.<br /> 2. Visit the admin notifications page.<br /> <br /> Access the report:<br /> The report can be accessed via the user profile (Activity Reports > My Feedback report)<br /> Access is controlled by the user context, teacher will be able to see this user's grades for the courses that they are teacher in<br /> Users can only see their own grades<br /> Admin and manager can see all grades for all users (unless permissions prohibit this)<br /> <br /> About the report:<br /> The Moodle MyFeedback report appears in the My Profile > Activity Reports menu and allows students to see an overview of all their grades and feedback for assessment activities such as Moodle Assignments, Turnitin Assignments (v1 & v2), Workshops and Quizzes. It provides their visible grades and a link to their submission and any feedback that has been released to them. <br /> <br /> The report is intended to help students understand the variety of feedback they receive. It can also be used to identify similarities between feedback received from across modules and years to help students see how they can improve their work in future assessments.<br /> <br /> [[File:MyFeedbackReport-v1.PNG]]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=report/myfeedback/index&diff=125567 report/myfeedback/index 2016-10-12T10:27:56Z

<p>Jgramp: Created page with "The Moodle My Feedback report appears in the My Profile > Activity Reports menu and allows students to see an overview of all their grades and feedback for assessment activiti..."</p> <hr /> <div>The Moodle My Feedback report appears in the My Profile > Activity Reports menu and allows students to see an overview of all their grades and feedback for assessment activities such as Moodle Assignments, Turnitin Assignments (v1 & v2), Workshops and Quizzes. It provides their visible grades and a link to their submission and any feedback that has been released to them.<br /> <br /> The report can be accessed via the user profile (Activity Reports > My Feedback report) Access is controlled by the user context, teacher will be able to see this user's grades for the courses that they are teacher in Users can only see their own grades Admin and manager can see all grades for all users (unless permissions prohibit this)<br /> <br /> The report is intended to help students understand the variety of feedback they receive. It can also be used to identify similarities between feedback received from across modules and years to help students see how they can improve their work in future assessments.</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Category_enrolments&diff=125480 Category enrolments 2016-10-03T17:04:29Z

<p>Jgramp: /* Settings for category enrolment */</p> <hr /> <div>{{Enrolment}}<br /> ==About category enrolments==<br /> <br /> The category enrolments plugin allows users to be enrolled in all courses within a category. The plugin will synchronise any role assignments at category context with the capability [[Capabilities/enrol/category:synchronised|enrol/category:synchronised]] set to allow.<br /> <br /> <p class="alert alert-warning">'''Warning:''' The use of the category enrolments plugin may cause performance problems. If so, it is recommended that you use [[Cohort sync]] instead, though this will require a cohort sync enrolment method to be added to each course in the category.</p><br /> <br /> ==Enabling category enrolments==<br /> <br /> To use category enrolments, it must be enabled by an administrator in ''Site administration > Plugins > Enrolments > Manage enrol plugins''.<br /> <br /> ==Enroling users to a category==<br /> <br /> *Go to the category into which you wish to enrol users. '''Note:''' You need to have category rights (manager or administrator)<br /> <br /> *In the ''Administration'' block,click ''Assign roles''. The list of possible roles you can assign will appear:<br /> [[File:Categoryassign.png]]<br /> <br /> '''NOTE:''' The roles you see here are roles which have been assigned at the category context and which you are able to assign i.e. the role has been checked in ''Site administration > Accounts > Users > Permissions > Define roles > Allow role assignments.''<br /> <br /> ===Assigning teachers or students to a category===<br /> <br /> *By default, only managers and course creators can be assigned category-wide. If you want to add teachers or students then the site administrator needs to tick the "category" box in their role in ''Administration > Site administration > Users > Permissions > Define roles''.<br /> *To ensure they will be automatically assigned as teachers/students in any new courses you make, the administrator needs to set to "allow" the capability [[Capabilities/enrol/category:synchronised|enrol/category:synchronised]] for the role in question in ''Administration > Site Administration > Users > Permissions > Define roles''.<br /> <br /> [[File:Enrolcategorysync.png]]<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> <br /> * MDL-23840 Assigning roles to course category level seems broken<br /> <br /> [[ja:カテゴリ登録]]<br /> [[de:Kursbereichseinschreibung]]<br /> [[es:Inscripciones a categoría]]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&diff=125331 Using Assignment 2016-09-15T17:08:22Z

<p>Jgramp: /* Annotating submissions */</p> <hr /> <div>{{Assignment}}<br /> <br /> ==What options are there for submitting work in Moodle?==<br /> The standard ways students can submit assignments are:<br /> * File submissions (students submit a file for assessment)<br /> * Online text (students can type their responses directly in Moodle)<br /> * Submission comments<br /> {{Note|(1) It is also possible to use the assignment module for grading an "offline assignment", ie, one where work is done outside of Moodle. This is done by simply unchecking the above three options.}}<br /> <br /> {{Note|(2) If you're not sure which assignment type best suits your needs, look at the section below [[#Which submission type suits you best?]].}}<br /> <br /> ==How do students submit their assignments?==<br /> The first page students will see when they click on the assignment activity link from the course page will display the assignment name, description and the submission status. The first time a student views the assignment it will look like this:<br /> {|<br /> |[[Image:statuses.jpg|thumb|Student view of assignment]] <br /> |}<br /> The submission status section includes:<br /> *'''Submission status''' <br /> *'''Grading status'''<br /> *Due date<br /> *Time remaining<br /> *Last modified<br /> *Submission details<br /> <br /> As they progress through the assignment the Submission status and Grading status will update and the Last modified date will appear.<br /> {|<br /> |[[Image:submission statuses graded.jpg|thumb|Example of submitted and graded assignment]] <br /> |}<br /> <br /> If the student uploaded a file which the teacher has annotated, this will be made available in the feedback section. The student can search through the document and filter specific comments.<br /> {|<br /> |[[File:26pdfstudentgraded.png|thumb|Student view of graded pdf file]]<br /> |[[File:26searchcomments.png|thumb|Searching and filtering comments in annotated pdf]]<br /> |}<br /> Submission statuses include:<br /> <br /> *Nothing submitted for this assignment<br /> *Draft (not submitted)<br /> *Submitted for grading<br /> <br /> Grading statuses include:<br /> <br /> *Not graded<br /> *Graded<br /> <br /> ===File submission===<br /> To submit a file submission, students complete the following steps:<br /> <br /> # Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the file upload page.<br /> # Upload the relevant file into the submission. They are able to ‘drag and drop’ the file into the submission box.<br /> # Click ‘Save Changes’.<br /> <br /> There should now be a Last modified date and the file(s) uploaded will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.<br /> <br /> # If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.<br /> # Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.<br /> <br /> Note that once the assignment is 'submitted’ no further changes are allowed.<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:file upload.jpg|thumb|Student view when adding a submission]]<br /> |[[File:file uploaded.jpg|thumb|Student view once file is uploaded]]<br /> |[[File:submit button.jpg|thumb|Student view when submitting assignment]]<br /> |}<br /> Note: Depending on how the assignment is setup students may see '''both''' a file submission page and an online text editor.<br /> <br /> ===Online text===<br /> To submit online text, students complete the following steps:<br /> <br /> # Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the online text editor page. <br /> # Type the relevant text into the [[Text_editor|text editor]], or paste from a previously written file.<br /> # Click ‘Save Changes’.<br /> <br /> There should now be a Last modified date and the first 100 characters entered will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.<br /> <br /> # If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.<br /> # Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.<br /> <br /> Note that once the assignment is 'submitted’ no further changes are allowed.<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:online text entered.jpg|thumb|Online text entered]]<br /> |[[File:submit button online text.jpg|thumb|Submitting assignment]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> ===Submission comments===<br /> Depending on how the assignment has been setup, there may be a section where students can leave submission comments.<br /> {|<br /> |[[Image:student comments.jpg|thumb|Student comments]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Grading and feedback==<br /> When students have submitted their assignments, they can be accessed by clicking on the assignment activity. This will bring up the Grading Summary page.<br /> <br /> The Grading Summary page displays a summary of the assignment, including; number of participants, number of drafts, number of submitted assignments, due date and time remaining.<br /> <br /> Clicking 'Grade' will take you to the first student in the list so you can start grading individually. Clicking 'View all submissions' will take you to the grading table where you see all students.<br /> <br /> The Grading Table contains columns of information about the student, the status of their submission, a link to grade their submission, a link to each submission and feedback comments and files (if enabled). <br /> ===Filtering submissions===<br /> <br /> A dropdown menu accessed from the 'Options' section allows you to filter submissions so you can for example quickly see which students have not submitted yet.<br /> <br /> [[File:assignmentfilter.png]]<br /> <br /> ===Allocating submissions to markers===<br /> If you need to divide submissions between you can apply Groups to the Assignment and let markers know which Group(s) to mark. Note that because Group membership is not itself anonymised, this may make anonymised submissions that bit less anonymous, though as long as the Groups aren't very small this should be acceptable.<br /> <br /> An alternative is to use Marking Allocation - this allows anyone with a Tutor role to allocate one marker to each submission. This works particularly well if marking is allocated by subject specialism.<br /> <br /> ===Submission status===<br /> If you will be assigning grades to student work, you may want to take note of the submission status before you begin the marking process. If you have required students click the Submit button, you may find that some submissions are still marked as Draft (not submitted), meaning the student has either uploaded a file(s) or entered some text, but has not clicked ‘Submit assignment’. <br /> <br /> If it's after the due date and you are about to commencing marking that you use ‘Prevent submission changes’ to stop students from making changes to their assignment. You can do this one by one by using the icon in the Edit column.<br /> <br /> Or you can select two or more students by putting a tick in the select column and going to 'Lock submissions’ from the ''With selected'' menu under the grading table.<br /> <br /> Likewise you can also revert a student's submission to draft if they have uploaded the incorrect file. Instead of selecting ‘Prevent submission changes’ select ‘Revert the submission to draft’, or place ticks against selected students and choose 'Revert the submission to draft status' from the ''With selected'' menu under the grading table.<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:submission statuses.jpg|thumb|Submission statuses]]<br /> |[[File:prevent submission changes dropdown.jpg|thumb|Prevent submission changes dropdown]]<br /> |[[File:lock submissions.jpg|thumb|Lock submissions]]<br /> |[[File:revert to draft.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft]]<br /> |[[File:revert submission to draft status.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft status]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> If the submission setting 'Attempts reopened' is set to 'Automatically until pass' and a submission is graded below the grade to pass, then then submission is automatically unlocked when the grade is saved. Similarly, if the submission setting 'Attempts reopened' is set to Manually, and a teacher selects 'Allow another attempt, then the submission is automatically unlocked. (Prior to 3.0.3, the submission need to be manually unlocked.)<br /> <br /> ===Granting extensions===<br /> If an assignment has a deadline, a teacher can grant individual or group assignment extensions by selecting the Edit link next to a particular student or group....<br /> <br /> [[File:grantextension0.png|thumb|center|600px]]<br /> <br /> ... and then clicking 'Grant extension' and setting the new deadline.<br /> <br /> ''New in 3.1:'' The student's or group's name is also shown on this screen.<br /> <br /> [[File:grantextension.png||thumb|center|600px]]<br /> <br /> ===Quick grading===<br /> <br /> '''Quick grading''' allows you to enter numeric grades directly into the grading table, bypassing the more detailed grading interface. Please note:<br /> *if you want to give feedback, you need to use the more detailed Grade interface. <br /> *Quick grading is incompatible with advanced grading e.g. Rubrics, and is not recommended when there are multiple markers. <br /> *'''Submission comments''' are a two-way private conversation between a student and staff and are visible to students immediately i.e. markers use the grading interface to give feedback, not the submission comments.<br /> <br /> To access the Quick Grading interface, from the Grading Summary page click 'View all assignments'; the Grading Table displays. Scroll to bottom of the page to configure Options, and check the box for 'Quick grading'. While you're down there, you can also set the number of assignments to display per page, filter the assignments e.g. to see who has not submitted, unmarked assignments, etc.<br /> <br /> When you are ready to Quick Grade: <br /> <br /> #You can enter grades directly into the grading table. <br /> #Scroll to the bottom of the grading table and click 'Save all quick grading changes'<br /> #A confirmation displays.<br /> <br /> ===Grading individual submissions===<br /> If you have enabled File Feedback in the [[Assignment settings]] and wish to upload either the marked student assignment, a completed text based feedback document or audio feedback, click on the green tick in the Grade column (or use the icon in the Edit column and select Grade).<br /> <br /> This brings you to the Student Grading Page where you can give grades, feedback comments and feedback files (if enabled in the [[Assignment settings]]). You can use drag and drop to upload feedback files.<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:green tick.jpg|thumb|Green tick]]<br /> |[[File:grade.jpg|thumb|Grading]]<br /> |[[File:feedbackfiles.png|thumb|Feedback files]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> ====Annotating submissions====<br /> {{New features}}<br /> <br /> If the student has uploaded a PDF, docx or odt file, or if you set 'Comment inline' for an online text submission, then their submission will be displayed on the grading screen, allowing you to annotate it, using a variety of tools, stamps (if uploaded by the admin) and comments which may be saved to a comments bank. When the annotations are complete, clicking to save the changes will result in it being displayed to the student as part of their feedback. <br /> ''<br /> <br /> [[File:Annotatingsubmissions1.png|thumb|500px|center|Annotating a student's submission]]<br /> <br /> Comments may be added and then saved in a quick list for future use ''(1)'' Click the paper/magnifying glass icon to the right of the page selector to filter comments you have already added to the work''(2)'':<br /> *In the '''Search comments''' pop-up window, enter the term you would like to search for in the '''Filter comments...''' box. <br /> *Clicking on the comment will take you to the part of the paper where that comment has been added.<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:NFaddcomment.png|thumb|400px|1.Saving and re-using comments]]<br /> |[[File:NFcommentsearch.png|thumb|400px|2. Accessing comments]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> {{Note|To ensure that comments display to students as the marker intends, do instruct students to download the annotated PDF rather than just previewing it. Preview sometimes displays comments in a way which obscures the original text.}}<br /> <br /> {{Note|If you are unable to annotate student submissions, check with your administrator that [[http://www.ghostscript.com/ Ghostscript ] and [https://github.com/dagwieers/unoconv unoconv 07]] are installed.}}<br /> <br /> ===Controlling when to notify students of graded work===<br /> <br /> ====Notifying as you mark====<br /> If you need to notify individual students, one by one, as you mark, the '''Notify students''' checkbox is available when grading individual submissions. Choose Yes to notify the student immediately or No to grade without notifying the student. Assuming you are not hiding grades in the ways outlined below, then Moodle will send a notification.<br /> {{Note|How students receive Moodle notifications depends on your local default settings, and any changes students have made to those.}}<br /> <br /> <br /> [[File:notifystudents.png|center|thumb|500px]]<br /> <br /> ====Keeping grades hidden until a release date====<br /> <br /> Or if you need to keep your grades and feedback hidden from students until marking is finalised, and then release them to all students at the same time, there are two alternatives. <br /> <br /> The first is to hide the item in the Gradebook. This way is best if there is only one marker and no exceptional circumstances (i.e. you don't need to keep any students' marks hidden). Use it as follows:<br /> #In your Moodle course '''Settings''', click on '''Grades'''; the Grades page displays.<br /> #Click '''View''', then '''Grader report'''; a grid of participants and gradeable items displays.<br /> #Find the column for the assignment ('''Grade item''') whose grades you wish to hide, and click its Eye/Hide icon; the Eye icon displays with a strikethrough which means the grades are hidden from students.<br /> #To reveal the grades to students, you can either:<br /> ##Remind yourself to return here and click the Eye/Show icon again; when it displays without the strikethrough the grades will be shown to students. With this option you need to remember to change the setting at the time.<br /> ##Or if you prefer to set a time for the grades to be automatically revealed, click on the Cog/Edit icon to display settings for that grade item, then click the '''Show more''' link to display extra settings. For '''Hidden until''' click its checkbox and configure its date. With this option you need to get your marking done on time (or remember to come in and change the date to give yourself more time).<br /> #To notify students that marks and feedback are available, use e.g. the Announcements forum.<br /> {{Note|If you use this approach do communicate with any colleagues and remember to reveal the grades ultimately, since if grades remain hidden they can confuse the final grade calculations.}}<br /> <br /> The alternative approach to releasing marks to all students at the same time is to enable '''Use marking workflow''' in the Assignment's settings. This way is best where there are multiple markers and/or exceptional circumstances causing you to withhold some marks. Use it as follows:<br /> #Set up your assignment with Marking Workflow enabled (avoid enabling it after marking has started).<br /> #When ready to release marks, click on a link to your Assignment and from its summary page click '''View all submissions'''; a page with the Grading Table displays.<br /> #Scroll down to Options and ensure '''Quick grading''' is enabled by clicking its checkbox; the page reloads with some extra options.<br /> #Also in Options, configure '''Assignments per page''' to display all your assignments, or as many as possible.<br /> #Scroll back up again and click the checkbox in the column heading '''Select'''; all records display selected (and you can deselect any individual records you may need to keep hidden).<br /> #From the '''With selected...''' menu choose '''Set marking workflow state''', then click '''Go''', and confirm if prompted; the Marking workflow state menu displays on a page.<br /> #From the '''Marking workflow state''' menu, choose '''Released'''.<br /> #To have Moodle send students a notification that grades and feedback are available, set '''Notify students''' to Yes.<br /> #Finally '''Save changes'''.<br /> <br /> ===Offline marking - downloading and uploading multiple grades and feedback files===<br /> If you don't have an internet connection or prefer to grade outside Moodle, you can do so (including with anonymous submissions).<br /> These easy stages explained below:<br /> #Download the submitted work.<br /> #Download the spreadsheet (grading worksheet) to record grades.<br /> #Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work .<br /> #Upload the completed grading worksheet.<br /> #Upload the annotated submissions (if applicable).<br /> {{Note|You cannot upload marks and feedback to Moodle if you have enabled Rubrics or Marking Guides.}}<br /> ====Before you start, enable the multiple file upload settings====<br /> Go to the settings of that assignment.<br /> For Feedback types, ensure that the Moodle Assignment settings, Feedback comments, Feedback files, and Offline grading worksheet are ticked. <br /> ====Download the submitted work====<br /> #Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click View all submissions; a page with the Grading Table displays.<br /> #From the Grading action drop-down menu choose Download all submissions; save the zip file (i.e. the compressed and bundled submissions).<br /> #In your file management software go to the place you saved the zip file. <br /> #Extract the contents of the zip file, usually by double-clicking and following the prompts. Extract to a new folder so all the feedback files can easily be zipped back together later if you need to upload them with feedback. <br /> ====Download the Grading Worksheet to record grades ====<br /> #Next, to download the spreadsheet in which you'll enter the grades and brief comments, return to the Moodle Assignment page and from its Grading action drop-down menu choose Download grading worksheet and save that file (keep its csv file format).<br /> {{Note|Helpfully that downloaded worksheet will contain any existing grades and summary comments which have already been given for that assignment i.e. if marking has already started. However, to see pre-existing comments fully you may need to set your spreadsheet to 'wrap text' within cells.}}<br /> ====Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work====<br /> After downloading the submissions and the grading worksheet:<br /> #Open a downloaded assignment file to assess it. <br /> #Open the csv file in a spreadsheet editor e.g. Excel. <br /> #For that student's record (if anonymous, a number corresponding to the submission file name will display), enter grades in the Grade column and summary comments in the Feedback comments column for each student. <br /> #Leave the other data untouched unless you know exactly what you're doing.<br /> #Repeat as needed.<br /> #Save the csv file.<br /> {{Note|Take care to enter data in the correct column of the spreadsheet.}}<br /> If you are annotating the submissions to return to students as feedback:<br /> #Open a downloaded submission.<br /> #Carry out your annotations.<br /> #Save it in its original place i.e. the folder corresponding to that student.<br /> #Repeat as needed.<br /> If you have separate feedback files to upload to students:<br /> #Save these within that student's folder.<br /> #You can give students multiple feedback files in this way e.g. annotations on their work along with a separate pro forma.<br /> {{Note|Don't change the name or location of the folder - Moodle needs this information to allocate the files correctly.}}<br /> Compress (zip) all the feedback files:<br /> #Locate the folder containing the feedback files in Moodle, select them all (Ctrl+A within the folder), then zip them: <br /> ##Windows: Right click one of the selected files and Send to > Compressed (zipped) folder.<br /> ##Mac: Right Click (or Ctrl+click) one of the selected files and click Compress.<br /> #They are now ready for upload (see below).<br /> <br /> ====Upload the completed grading worksheet====<br /> When you are ready to upload grades and summary feedback:<br /> #Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click '''View/grade all submissions'''.<br /> #From the Grading action drop-down menu choose '''Upload grading worksheet'''.<br /> #Click '''Choose a file...''' and upload the grading worksheet to Moodle, or drag the csv file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.<br /> #There is a checkbox to '''overwrite records that have been modified more recently in Moodle than in the spreadsheet''' - only check this if you want to spreadsheet to overwrite all Moodle records, including ones made more recently than the spreadsheet.<br /> #Click '''Upload grading worksheet'''; a Confirmation box displays the students grades and feedback that will be imported - check this carefully.<br /> #If you are ready to proceed, click '''Confirm'''; a summary of updates displays.<br /> #Click '''Continue'''.<br /> ====Upload feedback files (if applicable)====<br /> #Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click '''View/grade all submissions'''.<br /> #From the Grading action drop-down menu choose '''Upload multiple feedback files in a zip'''.<br /> #Click '''Choose a file...''' and upload the zipped assignments file to Moodle, or drag the compressed/zipped file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.<br /> #Click '''Import feedback file(s)'''.<br /> #The Confirmation box will list all the feedback files and student names that will be imported.<br /> #Click '''Confirm'''; the next screen summarises the changes.<br /> #Click '''Continue'''.<br /> #From the page containing the Grading Table, you can check your feedback files by enabling Quick grading (see Options at the bottom of that page) and scrolling horizontally, if needed. <br /> <br /> ===Give the same feedback file to multiple students===<br /> If you have high level feedback you want to give to an entire cohort, it is generally a good idea to give this feedback in the context of the assignment, rather than e.g. separately via a Forum. Moodle allows you to select some or all students and attach a single, common feedback file to their assignment feedback. This common feedback will appear to each student along with any other individual feedback files you have prepared for each. <br /> #Prepare the single file of feedback.<br /> #Click on the link to the Assignment; its summary page displays.<br /> #Click '''View all submissions'''; the assignment's Grading Table displays.<br /> #Use the checkboxes to select all or some students to receive the feedback (you may first prefer to configure the Grading Table to show as many students as possible on a single page).<br /> #Underneath the Grading Table click the '''With selected...''' menu, choose '''Send feedback files''', then click '''Go'''; a page displays a list of selected students above a file upload area.<br /> #Upload the file of feedback you prepapred, or drag it to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.<br /> #Click '''Send feedback files'''; the Grading Table displays again.<br /> #Check your file is in place by scrolling horizontally to the '''Feedback files''' column.<br /> <br /> ===Downloading student submissions===<br /> You can download a zip file containing all of the assignment submissions by selecting the ‘Download all submissions’ options from the ''Choose'' menu at the top of the grading table, or in the settings menu. The files will have a Moodle unique identifier appended to the name, not your institutional student ID number.<br /> <br /> File submissions will be downloaded in the format uploaded by the student. Online text submissions will be downloaded as html files. '''Each file in the zip will include the student first and lastname at the beginning of the filename for identification purposes.'''<br /> <br /> {{New features}}You can also download selected assignment submissions (rather than all of them) by selecting the ones you want and then choosing 'With selected....Download selected submissions'.<br /> <br /> [[File:downloadselectedsubmissions.png]]<br /> <br /> ==Which type of assignment submission suits you best?==<br /> <br /> ===You want students to type shorter or longer responses directly online===<br /> <br /> *Set ''Online text'' to Yes. This works well for younger children who will only manage a sentence or two and works just as well for higher education students who write more. <br /> **Advantage - quick for the student to get started; no need to use a word-processing program and upload the file. The text is saved on a regular basis so it will be preserved if the student loses the page for some reason.<br /> **Disadvantage: if the word count is expected to be large, setting ''Online text'' to No and ''File submission'' to Yes might be a better option.<br /> <br /> ===You want students to submit work you can download in a specified program===<br /> <br /> *Set ''File submission'' to Yes, set the number of files you will allow using the ''Maximum number of uploaded files'' setting and the file sizes by using the '' Maximum submission size'' setting.<br /> **Advantage - better than students emailing work as the whole class's work is collated in one space on your course. Markers can provide comments directly on the student work.<br /> **Advantage - with "Attempts reopened" enabled, teachers can see the progression through various drafts of a student's work.<br /> **Disadvantage - assignments must downloaded to be viewed (but they can be [[Assignment_FAQ| downloaded in bulk]]) and the teacher needs the appropriate program to open them.<br /> <br /> ===You want students to submit files at different times for a project===<br /> <br /> *Set ''File submission'' to Yes, and use ''Maximum number of uploaded files'' to set the maximum number of separate files they can upload<br /> **Advantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading so they get a single grade.<br /> **Disadvantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading - so they can only have a single grade!<br /> <br /> ===You want students to write a response to a video/sound file/image===<br /> <br /> *Set up an assignment allowing ''online text'' submission and get students to use the Moodle media icon to add video/sound/image files. <br /> <br /> ===You want students to answer a series of questions on a video/sound file/image===<br /> *Investigate the [[Quiz]] module. Assignments are really just for a single question.<br /> <br /> ===You want to grade work students have done offline===<br /> *Uncheck the submission types when setting up the assignment. Students won't be required to do anything but you can use the assignment to grade them for work done outside of Moodle.<br /> <br /> ===You want to view, comment on and send back students' assignments===<br /> <br /> *Set up an assignment allowing ''file submissions''.<br /> **Advantage: useful for teachers who like using the "comment" options in word-processing programs for example. If you have Ghostscript enabled on your server and the students upload PDF files, you can annotate them inline. See the section [[Using Assignment#Annotating PDF files| Annotating PDF files]] below.<br /> **Disadvantage: if students upload other file types, you have to download them, comment and then re-upload them.<br /> <br /> ===You want students to send you a comment or note along with their uploaded work===<br /> <br /> *Although previous versions of Moodle allowed the ''Submission comments'' submission plugin to be toggled, this is no longer the case. If [[Comments#Enabling_comments|comments are enabled site-wide]], students will be able to add submission comments; if comments are disabled site-wide, students will not be given the option to add submission comments.<br /> <br /> ===You want to allow students to redraft and decide when to submit the work===<br /> <br /> *In the settings set ''Require students click submit button'' to Yes. Students can then control when their draft work is submitted to the teacher. <br /> <br /> ===You want students to keep an ongoing journal or do an iterative assignment===<br /> <br /> *In the settings set ''Require students click submit button'' to No. Students can continue to make changes to their assignment and at no point do they 'submit'. If the work will be graded at some point it is recommended that either ''Prevent late submissions'' is set to Yes to ensure that no changes can be made after the due date, or [[Using_Assignment#Submission_status| all submissions are locked]] when grading commences to ensure that the work is not altered during grading.<br /> **Advantage: the work remains in one place and is constantly improved, graded (if needed) and improved again. <br /> **Disadvantage: there is no record/history of previous attempts (such as with the [[Wiki]]). The online text assignment does not replicate the display of a journal or blog where each new entry is additional to the previous ones.<br /> <br /> ===You want students to submit work in groups===<br /> <br /> *In the settings, set "Students submit in groups" to Yes. If you just do this, then once one student has submitted, the assignment will be flagged as submitted even if the others haven't contributed. If you want to ensure everyone has an input, set "Require students click submit button" to Yes and then change "Require all group members to submit" to Yes. The assignment will only be classed as submitted when each member has contributed, and once one student has submitted, the remaining members's names will be displayed for the group to see who still needs to add their input.<br /> <br /> ===You want to grade students' work anonymously===<br /> *In the settings, choose "Blind marking". When students submit assignments, their names will be replaced by randomly-generated participant numbers so you will not know who is who. Note that this is not '''totally''' blind marking because you can reveal their identities in the assignment settings and you can work out identities from the logs - so this might not be suitable if your establishment has very precise privacy requirements.<br /> <br /> ===You want to read and grade student assignments offline===<br /> *In the settings, choose "Offline grading worksheet". When students have submitted, click "View/grade all submissions" and you can download their assignments from the link "Download all submissions" and download the grading sheet from the link "Download grading worksheet". You can then edit grades and re-upload the grading worksheet. You can also upload multiple feedback files in a zip from this drop down menu. See [[Assignment settings]] for an explanation of how to use the "upload multiple feedback files as zip" feature.<br /> <br /> ===You want to hide students' grades until a time of your choosing.===<br /> Use 'marking workflow' as explained in [[Assignment settings]]<br /> <br /> ===You want to moderate other colleagues' marking or allocate certain teachers to certain students===<br /> Use 'marking allocation' as explained in [[Assignment settings]]<br /> <br /> ==Keeping records (archiving, exporting, backing up)==<br /> When students unenrol from a Moodle area, their records become invisible through the Gradebook interface. In order to have the information to hand, departments or course teaching teams may need systems in place to keep their own records for the data retention period required in their particular context. There are two separate procedures for exporting student submissions and marks.<br /> <br /> To export marks (with or without feedback):<br /> #Go to your course administration block and click Grades.<br /> #From the Grader Report Settings block, select Export; a menu displays.<br /> #From the menu, if you need easy viewing and running calculations you probably want to select one of the spreadsheet formats; a page of export settings loads<br /> #Use the Visible Groups pulldown menu to limit the export to specific groups, as required<br /> #In Options, you indicate whether feedback comments are included<br /> #In Grade Items To Be Included lists you can, if required, omit particular Activities from the report<br /> #When you've finished with the settings, click on Submit; a preview of your export displays<br /> #Click on Download to export to the format you chose, and save the file.<br /> <br /> To download the original student submissions:<br /> #In your course area, click the link to the Assignment whose submissions you want to download.<br /> #Click on the link to View/Grade all submissions; the Grading Table will load.<br /> #Click the link to 'Download all submissions' and save the file.<br /> ==Tips and Tricks==<br /> * Want to use an Assignment activity again in another Moodle site? Use the [[Activity_backup| backup and restore]] options. <br /> *Want to use an Assignment activity in another course you teach? Use the [[Import_course_data| Import function]] in the course administration block.<br /> *Moodle will sometimes appear not to be uploading a resubmitted assignment - you seem to be downloading the original assignment. This is a cache issue, in short, go to ''"Tools > Clear Recent History"'' in Firefox or ''"Tools > Delete Browsing History > Delete Temporary Files"'' in Windows Explorer. The newer file will then appear.<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> <br /> ===Examples from [http://school.demo.net School demo site]===<br /> <br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&rownum=3&action=grade Teacher view of a PDF assignment which can be annotated inline.]Log in with username 'teacher' and password 'moodle'<br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&action=grading Teacher view of allocated markers and marking workflow status.] Log in with username 'teacher' and password 'moodle'<br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=190 Student view of an assignment.] Log in with username 'student' and password 'moodle'. Scroll down to see the rubric and feedback.<br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=46&action=editsubmission Student view of a student submission statement] Log in with username 'student' and password 'moodle'<br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715 Student view of group assignment grading screen] Log in with username 'student' and password 'moodle'<br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715&action=grading Teacher view of a group assignment grading screen] Log in with username 'teacher' and password 'moodle'.<br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=191&action=grading Teacher view of blind marking grading screen] Log in with username 'teacher' and password 'moodle'<br /> <br /> ===Other===<br /> * [http://www.somerandomthoughts.com/blog/2013/07/07/one-approach-for-group-project-grading/ One approach to group project grading] blog post by Gavin Henrick<br /> * [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=201307 Advantages of using Assignment upload over emailing a document] forum discussion<br /> <br /> <br /> [[de:Aufgabe nutzen]]<br /> [[fr:Afficher un devoir]]<br /> [[ja:課題を表示する]]<br /> [[es:Usando Tarea]]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&diff=125330 Using Assignment 2016-09-15T17:08:01Z

<p>Jgramp: /* Annotating submissions */</p> <hr /> <div>{{Assignment}}<br /> <br /> ==What options are there for submitting work in Moodle?==<br /> The standard ways students can submit assignments are:<br /> * File submissions (students submit a file for assessment)<br /> * Online text (students can type their responses directly in Moodle)<br /> * Submission comments<br /> {{Note|(1) It is also possible to use the assignment module for grading an "offline assignment", ie, one where work is done outside of Moodle. This is done by simply unchecking the above three options.}}<br /> <br /> {{Note|(2) If you're not sure which assignment type best suits your needs, look at the section below [[#Which submission type suits you best?]].}}<br /> <br /> ==How do students submit their assignments?==<br /> The first page students will see when they click on the assignment activity link from the course page will display the assignment name, description and the submission status. The first time a student views the assignment it will look like this:<br /> {|<br /> |[[Image:statuses.jpg|thumb|Student view of assignment]] <br /> |}<br /> The submission status section includes:<br /> *'''Submission status''' <br /> *'''Grading status'''<br /> *Due date<br /> *Time remaining<br /> *Last modified<br /> *Submission details<br /> <br /> As they progress through the assignment the Submission status and Grading status will update and the Last modified date will appear.<br /> {|<br /> |[[Image:submission statuses graded.jpg|thumb|Example of submitted and graded assignment]] <br /> |}<br /> <br /> If the student uploaded a file which the teacher has annotated, this will be made available in the feedback section. The student can search through the document and filter specific comments.<br /> {|<br /> |[[File:26pdfstudentgraded.png|thumb|Student view of graded pdf file]]<br /> |[[File:26searchcomments.png|thumb|Searching and filtering comments in annotated pdf]]<br /> |}<br /> Submission statuses include:<br /> <br /> *Nothing submitted for this assignment<br /> *Draft (not submitted)<br /> *Submitted for grading<br /> <br /> Grading statuses include:<br /> <br /> *Not graded<br /> *Graded<br /> <br /> ===File submission===<br /> To submit a file submission, students complete the following steps:<br /> <br /> # Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the file upload page.<br /> # Upload the relevant file into the submission. They are able to ‘drag and drop’ the file into the submission box.<br /> # Click ‘Save Changes’.<br /> <br /> There should now be a Last modified date and the file(s) uploaded will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.<br /> <br /> # If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.<br /> # Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.<br /> <br /> Note that once the assignment is 'submitted’ no further changes are allowed.<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:file upload.jpg|thumb|Student view when adding a submission]]<br /> |[[File:file uploaded.jpg|thumb|Student view once file is uploaded]]<br /> |[[File:submit button.jpg|thumb|Student view when submitting assignment]]<br /> |}<br /> Note: Depending on how the assignment is setup students may see '''both''' a file submission page and an online text editor.<br /> <br /> ===Online text===<br /> To submit online text, students complete the following steps:<br /> <br /> # Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the online text editor page. <br /> # Type the relevant text into the [[Text_editor|text editor]], or paste from a previously written file.<br /> # Click ‘Save Changes’.<br /> <br /> There should now be a Last modified date and the first 100 characters entered will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.<br /> <br /> # If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.<br /> # Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.<br /> <br /> Note that once the assignment is 'submitted’ no further changes are allowed.<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:online text entered.jpg|thumb|Online text entered]]<br /> |[[File:submit button online text.jpg|thumb|Submitting assignment]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> ===Submission comments===<br /> Depending on how the assignment has been setup, there may be a section where students can leave submission comments.<br /> {|<br /> |[[Image:student comments.jpg|thumb|Student comments]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Grading and feedback==<br /> When students have submitted their assignments, they can be accessed by clicking on the assignment activity. This will bring up the Grading Summary page.<br /> <br /> The Grading Summary page displays a summary of the assignment, including; number of participants, number of drafts, number of submitted assignments, due date and time remaining.<br /> <br /> Clicking 'Grade' will take you to the first student in the list so you can start grading individually. Clicking 'View all submissions' will take you to the grading table where you see all students.<br /> <br /> The Grading Table contains columns of information about the student, the status of their submission, a link to grade their submission, a link to each submission and feedback comments and files (if enabled). <br /> ===Filtering submissions===<br /> <br /> A dropdown menu accessed from the 'Options' section allows you to filter submissions so you can for example quickly see which students have not submitted yet.<br /> <br /> [[File:assignmentfilter.png]]<br /> <br /> ===Allocating submissions to markers===<br /> If you need to divide submissions between you can apply Groups to the Assignment and let markers know which Group(s) to mark. Note that because Group membership is not itself anonymised, this may make anonymised submissions that bit less anonymous, though as long as the Groups aren't very small this should be acceptable.<br /> <br /> An alternative is to use Marking Allocation - this allows anyone with a Tutor role to allocate one marker to each submission. This works particularly well if marking is allocated by subject specialism.<br /> <br /> ===Submission status===<br /> If you will be assigning grades to student work, you may want to take note of the submission status before you begin the marking process. If you have required students click the Submit button, you may find that some submissions are still marked as Draft (not submitted), meaning the student has either uploaded a file(s) or entered some text, but has not clicked ‘Submit assignment’. <br /> <br /> If it's after the due date and you are about to commencing marking that you use ‘Prevent submission changes’ to stop students from making changes to their assignment. You can do this one by one by using the icon in the Edit column.<br /> <br /> Or you can select two or more students by putting a tick in the select column and going to 'Lock submissions’ from the ''With selected'' menu under the grading table.<br /> <br /> Likewise you can also revert a student's submission to draft if they have uploaded the incorrect file. Instead of selecting ‘Prevent submission changes’ select ‘Revert the submission to draft’, or place ticks against selected students and choose 'Revert the submission to draft status' from the ''With selected'' menu under the grading table.<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:submission statuses.jpg|thumb|Submission statuses]]<br /> |[[File:prevent submission changes dropdown.jpg|thumb|Prevent submission changes dropdown]]<br /> |[[File:lock submissions.jpg|thumb|Lock submissions]]<br /> |[[File:revert to draft.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft]]<br /> |[[File:revert submission to draft status.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft status]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> If the submission setting 'Attempts reopened' is set to 'Automatically until pass' and a submission is graded below the grade to pass, then then submission is automatically unlocked when the grade is saved. Similarly, if the submission setting 'Attempts reopened' is set to Manually, and a teacher selects 'Allow another attempt, then the submission is automatically unlocked. (Prior to 3.0.3, the submission need to be manually unlocked.)<br /> <br /> ===Granting extensions===<br /> If an assignment has a deadline, a teacher can grant individual or group assignment extensions by selecting the Edit link next to a particular student or group....<br /> <br /> [[File:grantextension0.png|thumb|center|600px]]<br /> <br /> ... and then clicking 'Grant extension' and setting the new deadline.<br /> <br /> ''New in 3.1:'' The student's or group's name is also shown on this screen.<br /> <br /> [[File:grantextension.png||thumb|center|600px]]<br /> <br /> ===Quick grading===<br /> <br /> '''Quick grading''' allows you to enter numeric grades directly into the grading table, bypassing the more detailed grading interface. Please note:<br /> *if you want to give feedback, you need to use the more detailed Grade interface. <br /> *Quick grading is incompatible with advanced grading e.g. Rubrics, and is not recommended when there are multiple markers. <br /> *'''Submission comments''' are a two-way private conversation between a student and staff and are visible to students immediately i.e. markers use the grading interface to give feedback, not the submission comments.<br /> <br /> To access the Quick Grading interface, from the Grading Summary page click 'View all assignments'; the Grading Table displays. Scroll to bottom of the page to configure Options, and check the box for 'Quick grading'. While you're down there, you can also set the number of assignments to display per page, filter the assignments e.g. to see who has not submitted, unmarked assignments, etc.<br /> <br /> When you are ready to Quick Grade: <br /> <br /> #You can enter grades directly into the grading table. <br /> #Scroll to the bottom of the grading table and click 'Save all quick grading changes'<br /> #A confirmation displays.<br /> <br /> ===Grading individual submissions===<br /> If you have enabled File Feedback in the [[Assignment settings]] and wish to upload either the marked student assignment, a completed text based feedback document or audio feedback, click on the green tick in the Grade column (or use the icon in the Edit column and select Grade).<br /> <br /> This brings you to the Student Grading Page where you can give grades, feedback comments and feedback files (if enabled in the [[Assignment settings]]). You can use drag and drop to upload feedback files.<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:green tick.jpg|thumb|Green tick]]<br /> |[[File:grade.jpg|thumb|Grading]]<br /> |[[File:feedbackfiles.png|thumb|Feedback files]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> ====Annotating submissions====<br /> {{New features}}<br /> <br /> If the student has uploaded a PDF, docx or odt file, or if you set 'Comment inline' for an online text submission, then their submission will be displayed on the grading screen, allowing you to annotate it, using a variety of tools, stamps (if uploaded by the admin) and comments which may be saved to a comments bank. When the annotations are complete, clicking to save the changes will result in it being displayed to the student as part of their feedback. <br /> ''<br /> <br /> [[File:Annotatingsubmissions1.png|thumb|500px|center|Annotating a student's submission]]<br /> <br /> Comments may be added and then saved in a quick list for future use ''(1)'' Click the paper/magnifying glass icon to the right of the page selector to filter comments you have already added to the work''(2)''<br /> *In the '''Search comments''' pop-up window, enter the term you would like to search for in the '''Filter comments...''' box. <br /> *Clicking on the comment will take you to the part of the paper where that comment has been added.<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:NFaddcomment.png|thumb|400px|1.Saving and re-using comments]]<br /> |[[File:NFcommentsearch.png|thumb|400px|2. Accessing comments]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> {{Note|To ensure that comments display to students as the marker intends, do instruct students to download the annotated PDF rather than just previewing it. Preview sometimes displays comments in a way which obscures the original text.}}<br /> <br /> {{Note|If you are unable to annotate student submissions, check with your administrator that [[http://www.ghostscript.com/ Ghostscript ] and [https://github.com/dagwieers/unoconv unoconv 07]] are installed.}}<br /> <br /> ===Controlling when to notify students of graded work===<br /> <br /> ====Notifying as you mark====<br /> If you need to notify individual students, one by one, as you mark, the '''Notify students''' checkbox is available when grading individual submissions. Choose Yes to notify the student immediately or No to grade without notifying the student. Assuming you are not hiding grades in the ways outlined below, then Moodle will send a notification.<br /> {{Note|How students receive Moodle notifications depends on your local default settings, and any changes students have made to those.}}<br /> <br /> <br /> [[File:notifystudents.png|center|thumb|500px]]<br /> <br /> ====Keeping grades hidden until a release date====<br /> <br /> Or if you need to keep your grades and feedback hidden from students until marking is finalised, and then release them to all students at the same time, there are two alternatives. <br /> <br /> The first is to hide the item in the Gradebook. This way is best if there is only one marker and no exceptional circumstances (i.e. you don't need to keep any students' marks hidden). Use it as follows:<br /> #In your Moodle course '''Settings''', click on '''Grades'''; the Grades page displays.<br /> #Click '''View''', then '''Grader report'''; a grid of participants and gradeable items displays.<br /> #Find the column for the assignment ('''Grade item''') whose grades you wish to hide, and click its Eye/Hide icon; the Eye icon displays with a strikethrough which means the grades are hidden from students.<br /> #To reveal the grades to students, you can either:<br /> ##Remind yourself to return here and click the Eye/Show icon again; when it displays without the strikethrough the grades will be shown to students. With this option you need to remember to change the setting at the time.<br /> ##Or if you prefer to set a time for the grades to be automatically revealed, click on the Cog/Edit icon to display settings for that grade item, then click the '''Show more''' link to display extra settings. For '''Hidden until''' click its checkbox and configure its date. With this option you need to get your marking done on time (or remember to come in and change the date to give yourself more time).<br /> #To notify students that marks and feedback are available, use e.g. the Announcements forum.<br /> {{Note|If you use this approach do communicate with any colleagues and remember to reveal the grades ultimately, since if grades remain hidden they can confuse the final grade calculations.}}<br /> <br /> The alternative approach to releasing marks to all students at the same time is to enable '''Use marking workflow''' in the Assignment's settings. This way is best where there are multiple markers and/or exceptional circumstances causing you to withhold some marks. Use it as follows:<br /> #Set up your assignment with Marking Workflow enabled (avoid enabling it after marking has started).<br /> #When ready to release marks, click on a link to your Assignment and from its summary page click '''View all submissions'''; a page with the Grading Table displays.<br /> #Scroll down to Options and ensure '''Quick grading''' is enabled by clicking its checkbox; the page reloads with some extra options.<br /> #Also in Options, configure '''Assignments per page''' to display all your assignments, or as many as possible.<br /> #Scroll back up again and click the checkbox in the column heading '''Select'''; all records display selected (and you can deselect any individual records you may need to keep hidden).<br /> #From the '''With selected...''' menu choose '''Set marking workflow state''', then click '''Go''', and confirm if prompted; the Marking workflow state menu displays on a page.<br /> #From the '''Marking workflow state''' menu, choose '''Released'''.<br /> #To have Moodle send students a notification that grades and feedback are available, set '''Notify students''' to Yes.<br /> #Finally '''Save changes'''.<br /> <br /> ===Offline marking - downloading and uploading multiple grades and feedback files===<br /> If you don't have an internet connection or prefer to grade outside Moodle, you can do so (including with anonymous submissions).<br /> These easy stages explained below:<br /> #Download the submitted work.<br /> #Download the spreadsheet (grading worksheet) to record grades.<br /> #Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work .<br /> #Upload the completed grading worksheet.<br /> #Upload the annotated submissions (if applicable).<br /> {{Note|You cannot upload marks and feedback to Moodle if you have enabled Rubrics or Marking Guides.}}<br /> ====Before you start, enable the multiple file upload settings====<br /> Go to the settings of that assignment.<br /> For Feedback types, ensure that the Moodle Assignment settings, Feedback comments, Feedback files, and Offline grading worksheet are ticked. <br /> ====Download the submitted work====<br /> #Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click View all submissions; a page with the Grading Table displays.<br /> #From the Grading action drop-down menu choose Download all submissions; save the zip file (i.e. the compressed and bundled submissions).<br /> #In your file management software go to the place you saved the zip file. <br /> #Extract the contents of the zip file, usually by double-clicking and following the prompts. Extract to a new folder so all the feedback files can easily be zipped back together later if you need to upload them with feedback. <br /> ====Download the Grading Worksheet to record grades ====<br /> #Next, to download the spreadsheet in which you'll enter the grades and brief comments, return to the Moodle Assignment page and from its Grading action drop-down menu choose Download grading worksheet and save that file (keep its csv file format).<br /> {{Note|Helpfully that downloaded worksheet will contain any existing grades and summary comments which have already been given for that assignment i.e. if marking has already started. However, to see pre-existing comments fully you may need to set your spreadsheet to 'wrap text' within cells.}}<br /> ====Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work====<br /> After downloading the submissions and the grading worksheet:<br /> #Open a downloaded assignment file to assess it. <br /> #Open the csv file in a spreadsheet editor e.g. Excel. <br /> #For that student's record (if anonymous, a number corresponding to the submission file name will display), enter grades in the Grade column and summary comments in the Feedback comments column for each student. <br /> #Leave the other data untouched unless you know exactly what you're doing.<br /> #Repeat as needed.<br /> #Save the csv file.<br /> {{Note|Take care to enter data in the correct column of the spreadsheet.}}<br /> If you are annotating the submissions to return to students as feedback:<br /> #Open a downloaded submission.<br /> #Carry out your annotations.<br /> #Save it in its original place i.e. the folder corresponding to that student.<br /> #Repeat as needed.<br /> If you have separate feedback files to upload to students:<br /> #Save these within that student's folder.<br /> #You can give students multiple feedback files in this way e.g. annotations on their work along with a separate pro forma.<br /> {{Note|Don't change the name or location of the folder - Moodle needs this information to allocate the files correctly.}}<br /> Compress (zip) all the feedback files:<br /> #Locate the folder containing the feedback files in Moodle, select them all (Ctrl+A within the folder), then zip them: <br /> ##Windows: Right click one of the selected files and Send to > Compressed (zipped) folder.<br /> ##Mac: Right Click (or Ctrl+click) one of the selected files and click Compress.<br /> #They are now ready for upload (see below).<br /> <br /> ====Upload the completed grading worksheet====<br /> When you are ready to upload grades and summary feedback:<br /> #Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click '''View/grade all submissions'''.<br /> #From the Grading action drop-down menu choose '''Upload grading worksheet'''.<br /> #Click '''Choose a file...''' and upload the grading worksheet to Moodle, or drag the csv file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.<br /> #There is a checkbox to '''overwrite records that have been modified more recently in Moodle than in the spreadsheet''' - only check this if you want to spreadsheet to overwrite all Moodle records, including ones made more recently than the spreadsheet.<br /> #Click '''Upload grading worksheet'''; a Confirmation box displays the students grades and feedback that will be imported - check this carefully.<br /> #If you are ready to proceed, click '''Confirm'''; a summary of updates displays.<br /> #Click '''Continue'''.<br /> ====Upload feedback files (if applicable)====<br /> #Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click '''View/grade all submissions'''.<br /> #From the Grading action drop-down menu choose '''Upload multiple feedback files in a zip'''.<br /> #Click '''Choose a file...''' and upload the zipped assignments file to Moodle, or drag the compressed/zipped file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.<br /> #Click '''Import feedback file(s)'''.<br /> #The Confirmation box will list all the feedback files and student names that will be imported.<br /> #Click '''Confirm'''; the next screen summarises the changes.<br /> #Click '''Continue'''.<br /> #From the page containing the Grading Table, you can check your feedback files by enabling Quick grading (see Options at the bottom of that page) and scrolling horizontally, if needed. <br /> <br /> ===Give the same feedback file to multiple students===<br /> If you have high level feedback you want to give to an entire cohort, it is generally a good idea to give this feedback in the context of the assignment, rather than e.g. separately via a Forum. Moodle allows you to select some or all students and attach a single, common feedback file to their assignment feedback. This common feedback will appear to each student along with any other individual feedback files you have prepared for each. <br /> #Prepare the single file of feedback.<br /> #Click on the link to the Assignment; its summary page displays.<br /> #Click '''View all submissions'''; the assignment's Grading Table displays.<br /> #Use the checkboxes to select all or some students to receive the feedback (you may first prefer to configure the Grading Table to show as many students as possible on a single page).<br /> #Underneath the Grading Table click the '''With selected...''' menu, choose '''Send feedback files''', then click '''Go'''; a page displays a list of selected students above a file upload area.<br /> #Upload the file of feedback you prepapred, or drag it to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.<br /> #Click '''Send feedback files'''; the Grading Table displays again.<br /> #Check your file is in place by scrolling horizontally to the '''Feedback files''' column.<br /> <br /> ===Downloading student submissions===<br /> You can download a zip file containing all of the assignment submissions by selecting the ‘Download all submissions’ options from the ''Choose'' menu at the top of the grading table, or in the settings menu. The files will have a Moodle unique identifier appended to the name, not your institutional student ID number.<br /> <br /> File submissions will be downloaded in the format uploaded by the student. Online text submissions will be downloaded as html files. '''Each file in the zip will include the student first and lastname at the beginning of the filename for identification purposes.'''<br /> <br /> {{New features}}You can also download selected assignment submissions (rather than all of them) by selecting the ones you want and then choosing 'With selected....Download selected submissions'.<br /> <br /> [[File:downloadselectedsubmissions.png]]<br /> <br /> ==Which type of assignment submission suits you best?==<br /> <br /> ===You want students to type shorter or longer responses directly online===<br /> <br /> *Set ''Online text'' to Yes. This works well for younger children who will only manage a sentence or two and works just as well for higher education students who write more. <br /> **Advantage - quick for the student to get started; no need to use a word-processing program and upload the file. The text is saved on a regular basis so it will be preserved if the student loses the page for some reason.<br /> **Disadvantage: if the word count is expected to be large, setting ''Online text'' to No and ''File submission'' to Yes might be a better option.<br /> <br /> ===You want students to submit work you can download in a specified program===<br /> <br /> *Set ''File submission'' to Yes, set the number of files you will allow using the ''Maximum number of uploaded files'' setting and the file sizes by using the '' Maximum submission size'' setting.<br /> **Advantage - better than students emailing work as the whole class's work is collated in one space on your course. Markers can provide comments directly on the student work.<br /> **Advantage - with "Attempts reopened" enabled, teachers can see the progression through various drafts of a student's work.<br /> **Disadvantage - assignments must downloaded to be viewed (but they can be [[Assignment_FAQ| downloaded in bulk]]) and the teacher needs the appropriate program to open them.<br /> <br /> ===You want students to submit files at different times for a project===<br /> <br /> *Set ''File submission'' to Yes, and use ''Maximum number of uploaded files'' to set the maximum number of separate files they can upload<br /> **Advantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading so they get a single grade.<br /> **Disadvantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading - so they can only have a single grade!<br /> <br /> ===You want students to write a response to a video/sound file/image===<br /> <br /> *Set up an assignment allowing ''online text'' submission and get students to use the Moodle media icon to add video/sound/image files. <br /> <br /> ===You want students to answer a series of questions on a video/sound file/image===<br /> *Investigate the [[Quiz]] module. Assignments are really just for a single question.<br /> <br /> ===You want to grade work students have done offline===<br /> *Uncheck the submission types when setting up the assignment. Students won't be required to do anything but you can use the assignment to grade them for work done outside of Moodle.<br /> <br /> ===You want to view, comment on and send back students' assignments===<br /> <br /> *Set up an assignment allowing ''file submissions''.<br /> **Advantage: useful for teachers who like using the "comment" options in word-processing programs for example. If you have Ghostscript enabled on your server and the students upload PDF files, you can annotate them inline. See the section [[Using Assignment#Annotating PDF files| Annotating PDF files]] below.<br /> **Disadvantage: if students upload other file types, you have to download them, comment and then re-upload them.<br /> <br /> ===You want students to send you a comment or note along with their uploaded work===<br /> <br /> *Although previous versions of Moodle allowed the ''Submission comments'' submission plugin to be toggled, this is no longer the case. If [[Comments#Enabling_comments|comments are enabled site-wide]], students will be able to add submission comments; if comments are disabled site-wide, students will not be given the option to add submission comments.<br /> <br /> ===You want to allow students to redraft and decide when to submit the work===<br /> <br /> *In the settings set ''Require students click submit button'' to Yes. Students can then control when their draft work is submitted to the teacher. <br /> <br /> ===You want students to keep an ongoing journal or do an iterative assignment===<br /> <br /> *In the settings set ''Require students click submit button'' to No. Students can continue to make changes to their assignment and at no point do they 'submit'. If the work will be graded at some point it is recommended that either ''Prevent late submissions'' is set to Yes to ensure that no changes can be made after the due date, or [[Using_Assignment#Submission_status| all submissions are locked]] when grading commences to ensure that the work is not altered during grading.<br /> **Advantage: the work remains in one place and is constantly improved, graded (if needed) and improved again. <br /> **Disadvantage: there is no record/history of previous attempts (such as with the [[Wiki]]). The online text assignment does not replicate the display of a journal or blog where each new entry is additional to the previous ones.<br /> <br /> ===You want students to submit work in groups===<br /> <br /> *In the settings, set "Students submit in groups" to Yes. If you just do this, then once one student has submitted, the assignment will be flagged as submitted even if the others haven't contributed. If you want to ensure everyone has an input, set "Require students click submit button" to Yes and then change "Require all group members to submit" to Yes. The assignment will only be classed as submitted when each member has contributed, and once one student has submitted, the remaining members's names will be displayed for the group to see who still needs to add their input.<br /> <br /> ===You want to grade students' work anonymously===<br /> *In the settings, choose "Blind marking". When students submit assignments, their names will be replaced by randomly-generated participant numbers so you will not know who is who. Note that this is not '''totally''' blind marking because you can reveal their identities in the assignment settings and you can work out identities from the logs - so this might not be suitable if your establishment has very precise privacy requirements.<br /> <br /> ===You want to read and grade student assignments offline===<br /> *In the settings, choose "Offline grading worksheet". When students have submitted, click "View/grade all submissions" and you can download their assignments from the link "Download all submissions" and download the grading sheet from the link "Download grading worksheet". You can then edit grades and re-upload the grading worksheet. You can also upload multiple feedback files in a zip from this drop down menu. See [[Assignment settings]] for an explanation of how to use the "upload multiple feedback files as zip" feature.<br /> <br /> ===You want to hide students' grades until a time of your choosing.===<br /> Use 'marking workflow' as explained in [[Assignment settings]]<br /> <br /> ===You want to moderate other colleagues' marking or allocate certain teachers to certain students===<br /> Use 'marking allocation' as explained in [[Assignment settings]]<br /> <br /> ==Keeping records (archiving, exporting, backing up)==<br /> When students unenrol from a Moodle area, their records become invisible through the Gradebook interface. In order to have the information to hand, departments or course teaching teams may need systems in place to keep their own records for the data retention period required in their particular context. There are two separate procedures for exporting student submissions and marks.<br /> <br /> To export marks (with or without feedback):<br /> #Go to your course administration block and click Grades.<br /> #From the Grader Report Settings block, select Export; a menu displays.<br /> #From the menu, if you need easy viewing and running calculations you probably want to select one of the spreadsheet formats; a page of export settings loads<br /> #Use the Visible Groups pulldown menu to limit the export to specific groups, as required<br /> #In Options, you indicate whether feedback comments are included<br /> #In Grade Items To Be Included lists you can, if required, omit particular Activities from the report<br /> #When you've finished with the settings, click on Submit; a preview of your export displays<br /> #Click on Download to export to the format you chose, and save the file.<br /> <br /> To download the original student submissions:<br /> #In your course area, click the link to the Assignment whose submissions you want to download.<br /> #Click on the link to View/Grade all submissions; the Grading Table will load.<br /> #Click the link to 'Download all submissions' and save the file.<br /> ==Tips and Tricks==<br /> * Want to use an Assignment activity again in another Moodle site? Use the [[Activity_backup| backup and restore]] options. <br /> *Want to use an Assignment activity in another course you teach? Use the [[Import_course_data| Import function]] in the course administration block.<br /> *Moodle will sometimes appear not to be uploading a resubmitted assignment - you seem to be downloading the original assignment. This is a cache issue, in short, go to ''"Tools > Clear Recent History"'' in Firefox or ''"Tools > Delete Browsing History > Delete Temporary Files"'' in Windows Explorer. The newer file will then appear.<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> <br /> ===Examples from [http://school.demo.net School demo site]===<br /> <br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&rownum=3&action=grade Teacher view of a PDF assignment which can be annotated inline.]Log in with username 'teacher' and password 'moodle'<br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&action=grading Teacher view of allocated markers and marking workflow status.] Log in with username 'teacher' and password 'moodle'<br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=190 Student view of an assignment.] Log in with username 'student' and password 'moodle'. Scroll down to see the rubric and feedback.<br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=46&action=editsubmission Student view of a student submission statement] Log in with username 'student' and password 'moodle'<br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715 Student view of group assignment grading screen] Log in with username 'student' and password 'moodle'<br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715&action=grading Teacher view of a group assignment grading screen] Log in with username 'teacher' and password 'moodle'.<br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=191&action=grading Teacher view of blind marking grading screen] Log in with username 'teacher' and password 'moodle'<br /> <br /> ===Other===<br /> * [http://www.somerandomthoughts.com/blog/2013/07/07/one-approach-for-group-project-grading/ One approach to group project grading] blog post by Gavin Henrick<br /> * [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=201307 Advantages of using Assignment upload over emailing a document] forum discussion<br /> <br /> <br /> [[de:Aufgabe nutzen]]<br /> [[fr:Afficher un devoir]]<br /> [[ja:課題を表示する]]<br /> [[es:Usando Tarea]]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&diff=125329 Using Assignment 2016-09-15T17:02:32Z

<p>Jgramp: /* Annotating submissions */</p> <hr /> <div>{{Assignment}}<br /> <br /> ==What options are there for submitting work in Moodle?==<br /> The standard ways students can submit assignments are:<br /> * File submissions (students submit a file for assessment)<br /> * Online text (students can type their responses directly in Moodle)<br /> * Submission comments<br /> {{Note|(1) It is also possible to use the assignment module for grading an "offline assignment", ie, one where work is done outside of Moodle. This is done by simply unchecking the above three options.}}<br /> <br /> {{Note|(2) If you're not sure which assignment type best suits your needs, look at the section below [[#Which submission type suits you best?]].}}<br /> <br /> ==How do students submit their assignments?==<br /> The first page students will see when they click on the assignment activity link from the course page will display the assignment name, description and the submission status. The first time a student views the assignment it will look like this:<br /> {|<br /> |[[Image:statuses.jpg|thumb|Student view of assignment]] <br /> |}<br /> The submission status section includes:<br /> *'''Submission status''' <br /> *'''Grading status'''<br /> *Due date<br /> *Time remaining<br /> *Last modified<br /> *Submission details<br /> <br /> As they progress through the assignment the Submission status and Grading status will update and the Last modified date will appear.<br /> {|<br /> |[[Image:submission statuses graded.jpg|thumb|Example of submitted and graded assignment]] <br /> |}<br /> <br /> If the student uploaded a file which the teacher has annotated, this will be made available in the feedback section. The student can search through the document and filter specific comments.<br /> {|<br /> |[[File:26pdfstudentgraded.png|thumb|Student view of graded pdf file]]<br /> |[[File:26searchcomments.png|thumb|Searching and filtering comments in annotated pdf]]<br /> |}<br /> Submission statuses include:<br /> <br /> *Nothing submitted for this assignment<br /> *Draft (not submitted)<br /> *Submitted for grading<br /> <br /> Grading statuses include:<br /> <br /> *Not graded<br /> *Graded<br /> <br /> ===File submission===<br /> To submit a file submission, students complete the following steps:<br /> <br /> # Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the file upload page.<br /> # Upload the relevant file into the submission. They are able to ‘drag and drop’ the file into the submission box.<br /> # Click ‘Save Changes’.<br /> <br /> There should now be a Last modified date and the file(s) uploaded will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.<br /> <br /> # If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.<br /> # Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.<br /> <br /> Note that once the assignment is 'submitted’ no further changes are allowed.<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:file upload.jpg|thumb|Student view when adding a submission]]<br /> |[[File:file uploaded.jpg|thumb|Student view once file is uploaded]]<br /> |[[File:submit button.jpg|thumb|Student view when submitting assignment]]<br /> |}<br /> Note: Depending on how the assignment is setup students may see '''both''' a file submission page and an online text editor.<br /> <br /> ===Online text===<br /> To submit online text, students complete the following steps:<br /> <br /> # Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the online text editor page. <br /> # Type the relevant text into the [[Text_editor|text editor]], or paste from a previously written file.<br /> # Click ‘Save Changes’.<br /> <br /> There should now be a Last modified date and the first 100 characters entered will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.<br /> <br /> # If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.<br /> # Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.<br /> <br /> Note that once the assignment is 'submitted’ no further changes are allowed.<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:online text entered.jpg|thumb|Online text entered]]<br /> |[[File:submit button online text.jpg|thumb|Submitting assignment]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> ===Submission comments===<br /> Depending on how the assignment has been setup, there may be a section where students can leave submission comments.<br /> {|<br /> |[[Image:student comments.jpg|thumb|Student comments]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> <br /> ==Grading and feedback==<br /> When students have submitted their assignments, they can be accessed by clicking on the assignment activity. This will bring up the Grading Summary page.<br /> <br /> The Grading Summary page displays a summary of the assignment, including; number of participants, number of drafts, number of submitted assignments, due date and time remaining.<br /> <br /> Clicking 'Grade' will take you to the first student in the list so you can start grading individually. Clicking 'View all submissions' will take you to the grading table where you see all students.<br /> <br /> The Grading Table contains columns of information about the student, the status of their submission, a link to grade their submission, a link to each submission and feedback comments and files (if enabled). <br /> ===Filtering submissions===<br /> <br /> A dropdown menu accessed from the 'Options' section allows you to filter submissions so you can for example quickly see which students have not submitted yet.<br /> <br /> [[File:assignmentfilter.png]]<br /> <br /> ===Allocating submissions to markers===<br /> If you need to divide submissions between you can apply Groups to the Assignment and let markers know which Group(s) to mark. Note that because Group membership is not itself anonymised, this may make anonymised submissions that bit less anonymous, though as long as the Groups aren't very small this should be acceptable.<br /> <br /> An alternative is to use Marking Allocation - this allows anyone with a Tutor role to allocate one marker to each submission. This works particularly well if marking is allocated by subject specialism.<br /> <br /> ===Submission status===<br /> If you will be assigning grades to student work, you may want to take note of the submission status before you begin the marking process. If you have required students click the Submit button, you may find that some submissions are still marked as Draft (not submitted), meaning the student has either uploaded a file(s) or entered some text, but has not clicked ‘Submit assignment’. <br /> <br /> If it's after the due date and you are about to commencing marking that you use ‘Prevent submission changes’ to stop students from making changes to their assignment. You can do this one by one by using the icon in the Edit column.<br /> <br /> Or you can select two or more students by putting a tick in the select column and going to 'Lock submissions’ from the ''With selected'' menu under the grading table.<br /> <br /> Likewise you can also revert a student's submission to draft if they have uploaded the incorrect file. Instead of selecting ‘Prevent submission changes’ select ‘Revert the submission to draft’, or place ticks against selected students and choose 'Revert the submission to draft status' from the ''With selected'' menu under the grading table.<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:submission statuses.jpg|thumb|Submission statuses]]<br /> |[[File:prevent submission changes dropdown.jpg|thumb|Prevent submission changes dropdown]]<br /> |[[File:lock submissions.jpg|thumb|Lock submissions]]<br /> |[[File:revert to draft.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft]]<br /> |[[File:revert submission to draft status.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft status]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> If the submission setting 'Attempts reopened' is set to 'Automatically until pass' and a submission is graded below the grade to pass, then then submission is automatically unlocked when the grade is saved. Similarly, if the submission setting 'Attempts reopened' is set to Manually, and a teacher selects 'Allow another attempt, then the submission is automatically unlocked. (Prior to 3.0.3, the submission need to be manually unlocked.)<br /> <br /> ===Granting extensions===<br /> If an assignment has a deadline, a teacher can grant individual or group assignment extensions by selecting the Edit link next to a particular student or group....<br /> <br /> [[File:grantextension0.png|thumb|center|600px]]<br /> <br /> ... and then clicking 'Grant extension' and setting the new deadline.<br /> <br /> ''New in 3.1:'' The student's or group's name is also shown on this screen.<br /> <br /> [[File:grantextension.png||thumb|center|600px]]<br /> <br /> ===Quick grading===<br /> <br /> '''Quick grading''' allows you to enter numeric grades directly into the grading table, bypassing the more detailed grading interface. Please note:<br /> *if you want to give feedback, you need to use the more detailed Grade interface. <br /> *Quick grading is incompatible with advanced grading e.g. Rubrics, and is not recommended when there are multiple markers. <br /> *'''Submission comments''' are a two-way private conversation between a student and staff and are visible to students immediately i.e. markers use the grading interface to give feedback, not the submission comments.<br /> <br /> To access the Quick Grading interface, from the Grading Summary page click 'View all assignments'; the Grading Table displays. Scroll to bottom of the page to configure Options, and check the box for 'Quick grading'. While you're down there, you can also set the number of assignments to display per page, filter the assignments e.g. to see who has not submitted, unmarked assignments, etc.<br /> <br /> When you are ready to Quick Grade: <br /> <br /> #You can enter grades directly into the grading table. <br /> #Scroll to the bottom of the grading table and click 'Save all quick grading changes'<br /> #A confirmation displays.<br /> <br /> ===Grading individual submissions===<br /> If you have enabled File Feedback in the [[Assignment settings]] and wish to upload either the marked student assignment, a completed text based feedback document or audio feedback, click on the green tick in the Grade column (or use the icon in the Edit column and select Grade).<br /> <br /> This brings you to the Student Grading Page where you can give grades, feedback comments and feedback files (if enabled in the [[Assignment settings]]). You can use drag and drop to upload feedback files.<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:green tick.jpg|thumb|Green tick]]<br /> |[[File:grade.jpg|thumb|Grading]]<br /> |[[File:feedbackfiles.png|thumb|Feedback files]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> ====Annotating submissions====<br /> {{New features}}<br /> <br /> If the student has uploaded a PDF, docx or odt file, or if you set 'Comment inline' for an online text submission, then their submission will be displayed on the grading screen, allowing you to annotate it, using a variety of tools, stamps (if uploaded by the admin) and comments which may be saved to a comments bank. When the annotations are complete, clicking to save the changes will result in it being displayed to the student as part of their feedback. <br /> ''<br /> <br /> [[File:Annotatingsubmissions1.png|thumb|500px|center|Annotating a student's submission]]<br /> <br /> Comments may be added and then saved in a quick list for future use ''(1)'' Click the paper/magnifying glass icon to the right of the page selector to filter comments you have already added to the work''(2)''<br /> {|<br /> |[[File:NFaddcomment.png|thumb|400px|1.Saving and re-using comments]]<br /> |[[File:NFcommentsearch.png|thumb|400px|2. Accessing comments]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> {{Note|To ensure that comments display to students as the marker intends, do instruct students to download the annotated PDF rather than just previewing it. Preview sometimes displays comments in a way which obscures the original text.}}<br /> <br /> {{Note|If you are unable to annotate student submissions, check with your administrator that [[http://www.ghostscript.com/ Ghostscript ] and [https://github.com/dagwieers/unoconv unoconv 07]] are installed.}}<br /> <br /> ===Controlling when to notify students of graded work===<br /> <br /> ====Notifying as you mark====<br /> If you need to notify individual students, one by one, as you mark, the '''Notify students''' checkbox is available when grading individual submissions. Choose Yes to notify the student immediately or No to grade without notifying the student. Assuming you are not hiding grades in the ways outlined below, then Moodle will send a notification.<br /> {{Note|How students receive Moodle notifications depends on your local default settings, and any changes students have made to those.}}<br /> <br /> <br /> [[File:notifystudents.png|center|thumb|500px]]<br /> <br /> ====Keeping grades hidden until a release date====<br /> <br /> Or if you need to keep your grades and feedback hidden from students until marking is finalised, and then release them to all students at the same time, there are two alternatives. <br /> <br /> The first is to hide the item in the Gradebook. This way is best if there is only one marker and no exceptional circumstances (i.e. you don't need to keep any students' marks hidden). Use it as follows:<br /> #In your Moodle course '''Settings''', click on '''Grades'''; the Grades page displays.<br /> #Click '''View''', then '''Grader report'''; a grid of participants and gradeable items displays.<br /> #Find the column for the assignment ('''Grade item''') whose grades you wish to hide, and click its Eye/Hide icon; the Eye icon displays with a strikethrough which means the grades are hidden from students.<br /> #To reveal the grades to students, you can either:<br /> ##Remind yourself to return here and click the Eye/Show icon again; when it displays without the strikethrough the grades will be shown to students. With this option you need to remember to change the setting at the time.<br /> ##Or if you prefer to set a time for the grades to be automatically revealed, click on the Cog/Edit icon to display settings for that grade item, then click the '''Show more''' link to display extra settings. For '''Hidden until''' click its checkbox and configure its date. With this option you need to get your marking done on time (or remember to come in and change the date to give yourself more time).<br /> #To notify students that marks and feedback are available, use e.g. the Announcements forum.<br /> {{Note|If you use this approach do communicate with any colleagues and remember to reveal the grades ultimately, since if grades remain hidden they can confuse the final grade calculations.}}<br /> <br /> The alternative approach to releasing marks to all students at the same time is to enable '''Use marking workflow''' in the Assignment's settings. This way is best where there are multiple markers and/or exceptional circumstances causing you to withhold some marks. Use it as follows:<br /> #Set up your assignment with Marking Workflow enabled (avoid enabling it after marking has started).<br /> #When ready to release marks, click on a link to your Assignment and from its summary page click '''View all submissions'''; a page with the Grading Table displays.<br /> #Scroll down to Options and ensure '''Quick grading''' is enabled by clicking its checkbox; the page reloads with some extra options.<br /> #Also in Options, configure '''Assignments per page''' to display all your assignments, or as many as possible.<br /> #Scroll back up again and click the checkbox in the column heading '''Select'''; all records display selected (and you can deselect any individual records you may need to keep hidden).<br /> #From the '''With selected...''' menu choose '''Set marking workflow state''', then click '''Go''', and confirm if prompted; the Marking workflow state menu displays on a page.<br /> #From the '''Marking workflow state''' menu, choose '''Released'''.<br /> #To have Moodle send students a notification that grades and feedback are available, set '''Notify students''' to Yes.<br /> #Finally '''Save changes'''.<br /> <br /> ===Offline marking - downloading and uploading multiple grades and feedback files===<br /> If you don't have an internet connection or prefer to grade outside Moodle, you can do so (including with anonymous submissions).<br /> These easy stages explained below:<br /> #Download the submitted work.<br /> #Download the spreadsheet (grading worksheet) to record grades.<br /> #Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work .<br /> #Upload the completed grading worksheet.<br /> #Upload the annotated submissions (if applicable).<br /> {{Note|You cannot upload marks and feedback to Moodle if you have enabled Rubrics or Marking Guides.}}<br /> ====Before you start, enable the multiple file upload settings====<br /> Go to the settings of that assignment.<br /> For Feedback types, ensure that the Moodle Assignment settings, Feedback comments, Feedback files, and Offline grading worksheet are ticked. <br /> ====Download the submitted work====<br /> #Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click View all submissions; a page with the Grading Table displays.<br /> #From the Grading action drop-down menu choose Download all submissions; save the zip file (i.e. the compressed and bundled submissions).<br /> #In your file management software go to the place you saved the zip file. <br /> #Extract the contents of the zip file, usually by double-clicking and following the prompts. Extract to a new folder so all the feedback files can easily be zipped back together later if you need to upload them with feedback. <br /> ====Download the Grading Worksheet to record grades ====<br /> #Next, to download the spreadsheet in which you'll enter the grades and brief comments, return to the Moodle Assignment page and from its Grading action drop-down menu choose Download grading worksheet and save that file (keep its csv file format).<br /> {{Note|Helpfully that downloaded worksheet will contain any existing grades and summary comments which have already been given for that assignment i.e. if marking has already started. However, to see pre-existing comments fully you may need to set your spreadsheet to 'wrap text' within cells.}}<br /> ====Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work====<br /> After downloading the submissions and the grading worksheet:<br /> #Open a downloaded assignment file to assess it. <br /> #Open the csv file in a spreadsheet editor e.g. Excel. <br /> #For that student's record (if anonymous, a number corresponding to the submission file name will display), enter grades in the Grade column and summary comments in the Feedback comments column for each student. <br /> #Leave the other data untouched unless you know exactly what you're doing.<br /> #Repeat as needed.<br /> #Save the csv file.<br /> {{Note|Take care to enter data in the correct column of the spreadsheet.}}<br /> If you are annotating the submissions to return to students as feedback:<br /> #Open a downloaded submission.<br /> #Carry out your annotations.<br /> #Save it in its original place i.e. the folder corresponding to that student.<br /> #Repeat as needed.<br /> If you have separate feedback files to upload to students:<br /> #Save these within that student's folder.<br /> #You can give students multiple feedback files in this way e.g. annotations on their work along with a separate pro forma.<br /> {{Note|Don't change the name or location of the folder - Moodle needs this information to allocate the files correctly.}}<br /> Compress (zip) all the feedback files:<br /> #Locate the folder containing the feedback files in Moodle, select them all (Ctrl+A within the folder), then zip them: <br /> ##Windows: Right click one of the selected files and Send to > Compressed (zipped) folder.<br /> ##Mac: Right Click (or Ctrl+click) one of the selected files and click Compress.<br /> #They are now ready for upload (see below).<br /> <br /> ====Upload the completed grading worksheet====<br /> When you are ready to upload grades and summary feedback:<br /> #Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click '''View/grade all submissions'''.<br /> #From the Grading action drop-down menu choose '''Upload grading worksheet'''.<br /> #Click '''Choose a file...''' and upload the grading worksheet to Moodle, or drag the csv file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.<br /> #There is a checkbox to '''overwrite records that have been modified more recently in Moodle than in the spreadsheet''' - only check this if you want to spreadsheet to overwrite all Moodle records, including ones made more recently than the spreadsheet.<br /> #Click '''Upload grading worksheet'''; a Confirmation box displays the students grades and feedback that will be imported - check this carefully.<br /> #If you are ready to proceed, click '''Confirm'''; a summary of updates displays.<br /> #Click '''Continue'''.<br /> ====Upload feedback files (if applicable)====<br /> #Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click '''View/grade all submissions'''.<br /> #From the Grading action drop-down menu choose '''Upload multiple feedback files in a zip'''.<br /> #Click '''Choose a file...''' and upload the zipped assignments file to Moodle, or drag the compressed/zipped file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.<br /> #Click '''Import feedback file(s)'''.<br /> #The Confirmation box will list all the feedback files and student names that will be imported.<br /> #Click '''Confirm'''; the next screen summarises the changes.<br /> #Click '''Continue'''.<br /> #From the page containing the Grading Table, you can check your feedback files by enabling Quick grading (see Options at the bottom of that page) and scrolling horizontally, if needed. <br /> <br /> ===Give the same feedback file to multiple students===<br /> If you have high level feedback you want to give to an entire cohort, it is generally a good idea to give this feedback in the context of the assignment, rather than e.g. separately via a Forum. Moodle allows you to select some or all students and attach a single, common feedback file to their assignment feedback. This common feedback will appear to each student along with any other individual feedback files you have prepared for each. <br /> #Prepare the single file of feedback.<br /> #Click on the link to the Assignment; its summary page displays.<br /> #Click '''View all submissions'''; the assignment's Grading Table displays.<br /> #Use the checkboxes to select all or some students to receive the feedback (you may first prefer to configure the Grading Table to show as many students as possible on a single page).<br /> #Underneath the Grading Table click the '''With selected...''' menu, choose '''Send feedback files''', then click '''Go'''; a page displays a list of selected students above a file upload area.<br /> #Upload the file of feedback you prepapred, or drag it to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.<br /> #Click '''Send feedback files'''; the Grading Table displays again.<br /> #Check your file is in place by scrolling horizontally to the '''Feedback files''' column.<br /> <br /> ===Downloading student submissions===<br /> You can download a zip file containing all of the assignment submissions by selecting the ‘Download all submissions’ options from the ''Choose'' menu at the top of the grading table, or in the settings menu. The files will have a Moodle unique identifier appended to the name, not your institutional student ID number.<br /> <br /> File submissions will be downloaded in the format uploaded by the student. Online text submissions will be downloaded as html files. '''Each file in the zip will include the student first and lastname at the beginning of the filename for identification purposes.'''<br /> <br /> {{New features}}You can also download selected assignment submissions (rather than all of them) by selecting the ones you want and then choosing 'With selected....Download selected submissions'.<br /> <br /> [[File:downloadselectedsubmissions.png]]<br /> <br /> ==Which type of assignment submission suits you best?==<br /> <br /> ===You want students to type shorter or longer responses directly online===<br /> <br /> *Set ''Online text'' to Yes. This works well for younger children who will only manage a sentence or two and works just as well for higher education students who write more. <br /> **Advantage - quick for the student to get started; no need to use a word-processing program and upload the file. The text is saved on a regular basis so it will be preserved if the student loses the page for some reason.<br /> **Disadvantage: if the word count is expected to be large, setting ''Online text'' to No and ''File submission'' to Yes might be a better option.<br /> <br /> ===You want students to submit work you can download in a specified program===<br /> <br /> *Set ''File submission'' to Yes, set the number of files you will allow using the ''Maximum number of uploaded files'' setting and the file sizes by using the '' Maximum submission size'' setting.<br /> **Advantage - better than students emailing work as the whole class's work is collated in one space on your course. Markers can provide comments directly on the student work.<br /> **Advantage - with "Attempts reopened" enabled, teachers can see the progression through various drafts of a student's work.<br /> **Disadvantage - assignments must downloaded to be viewed (but they can be [[Assignment_FAQ| downloaded in bulk]]) and the teacher needs the appropriate program to open them.<br /> <br /> ===You want students to submit files at different times for a project===<br /> <br /> *Set ''File submission'' to Yes, and use ''Maximum number of uploaded files'' to set the maximum number of separate files they can upload<br /> **Advantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading so they get a single grade.<br /> **Disadvantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading - so they can only have a single grade!<br /> <br /> ===You want students to write a response to a video/sound file/image===<br /> <br /> *Set up an assignment allowing ''online text'' submission and get students to use the Moodle media icon to add video/sound/image files. <br /> <br /> ===You want students to answer a series of questions on a video/sound file/image===<br /> *Investigate the [[Quiz]] module. Assignments are really just for a single question.<br /> <br /> ===You want to grade work students have done offline===<br /> *Uncheck the submission types when setting up the assignment. Students won't be required to do anything but you can use the assignment to grade them for work done outside of Moodle.<br /> <br /> ===You want to view, comment on and send back students' assignments===<br /> <br /> *Set up an assignment allowing ''file submissions''.<br /> **Advantage: useful for teachers who like using the "comment" options in word-processing programs for example. If you have Ghostscript enabled on your server and the students upload PDF files, you can annotate them inline. See the section [[Using Assignment#Annotating PDF files| Annotating PDF files]] below.<br /> **Disadvantage: if students upload other file types, you have to download them, comment and then re-upload them.<br /> <br /> ===You want students to send you a comment or note along with their uploaded work===<br /> <br /> *Although previous versions of Moodle allowed the ''Submission comments'' submission plugin to be toggled, this is no longer the case. If [[Comments#Enabling_comments|comments are enabled site-wide]], students will be able to add submission comments; if comments are disabled site-wide, students will not be given the option to add submission comments.<br /> <br /> ===You want to allow students to redraft and decide when to submit the work===<br /> <br /> *In the settings set ''Require students click submit button'' to Yes. Students can then control when their draft work is submitted to the teacher. <br /> <br /> ===You want students to keep an ongoing journal or do an iterative assignment===<br /> <br /> *In the settings set ''Require students click submit button'' to No. Students can continue to make changes to their assignment and at no point do they 'submit'. If the work will be graded at some point it is recommended that either ''Prevent late submissions'' is set to Yes to ensure that no changes can be made after the due date, or [[Using_Assignment#Submission_status| all submissions are locked]] when grading commences to ensure that the work is not altered during grading.<br /> **Advantage: the work remains in one place and is constantly improved, graded (if needed) and improved again. <br /> **Disadvantage: there is no record/history of previous attempts (such as with the [[Wiki]]). The online text assignment does not replicate the display of a journal or blog where each new entry is additional to the previous ones.<br /> <br /> ===You want students to submit work in groups===<br /> <br /> *In the settings, set "Students submit in groups" to Yes. If you just do this, then once one student has submitted, the assignment will be flagged as submitted even if the others haven't contributed. If you want to ensure everyone has an input, set "Require students click submit button" to Yes and then change "Require all group members to submit" to Yes. The assignment will only be classed as submitted when each member has contributed, and once one student has submitted, the remaining members's names will be displayed for the group to see who still needs to add their input.<br /> <br /> ===You want to grade students' work anonymously===<br /> *In the settings, choose "Blind marking". When students submit assignments, their names will be replaced by randomly-generated participant numbers so you will not know who is who. Note that this is not '''totally''' blind marking because you can reveal their identities in the assignment settings and you can work out identities from the logs - so this might not be suitable if your establishment has very precise privacy requirements.<br /> <br /> ===You want to read and grade student assignments offline===<br /> *In the settings, choose "Offline grading worksheet". When students have submitted, click "View/grade all submissions" and you can download their assignments from the link "Download all submissions" and download the grading sheet from the link "Download grading worksheet". You can then edit grades and re-upload the grading worksheet. You can also upload multiple feedback files in a zip from this drop down menu. See [[Assignment settings]] for an explanation of how to use the "upload multiple feedback files as zip" feature.<br /> <br /> ===You want to hide students' grades until a time of your choosing.===<br /> Use 'marking workflow' as explained in [[Assignment settings]]<br /> <br /> ===You want to moderate other colleagues' marking or allocate certain teachers to certain students===<br /> Use 'marking allocation' as explained in [[Assignment settings]]<br /> <br /> ==Keeping records (archiving, exporting, backing up)==<br /> When students unenrol from a Moodle area, their records become invisible through the Gradebook interface. In order to have the information to hand, departments or course teaching teams may need systems in place to keep their own records for the data retention period required in their particular context. There are two separate procedures for exporting student submissions and marks.<br /> <br /> To export marks (with or without feedback):<br /> #Go to your course administration block and click Grades.<br /> #From the Grader Report Settings block, select Export; a menu displays.<br /> #From the menu, if you need easy viewing and running calculations you probably want to select one of the spreadsheet formats; a page of export settings loads<br /> #Use the Visible Groups pulldown menu to limit the export to specific groups, as required<br /> #In Options, you indicate whether feedback comments are included<br /> #In Grade Items To Be Included lists you can, if required, omit particular Activities from the report<br /> #When you've finished with the settings, click on Submit; a preview of your export displays<br /> #Click on Download to export to the format you chose, and save the file.<br /> <br /> To download the original student submissions:<br /> #In your course area, click the link to the Assignment whose submissions you want to download.<br /> #Click on the link to View/Grade all submissions; the Grading Table will load.<br /> #Click the link to 'Download all submissions' and save the file.<br /> ==Tips and Tricks==<br /> * Want to use an Assignment activity again in another Moodle site? Use the [[Activity_backup| backup and restore]] options. <br /> *Want to use an Assignment activity in another course you teach? Use the [[Import_course_data| Import function]] in the course administration block.<br /> *Moodle will sometimes appear not to be uploading a resubmitted assignment - you seem to be downloading the original assignment. This is a cache issue, in short, go to ''"Tools > Clear Recent History"'' in Firefox or ''"Tools > Delete Browsing History > Delete Temporary Files"'' in Windows Explorer. The newer file will then appear.<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> <br /> ===Examples from [http://school.demo.net School demo site]===<br /> <br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&rownum=3&action=grade Teacher view of a PDF assignment which can be annotated inline.]Log in with username 'teacher' and password 'moodle'<br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&action=grading Teacher view of allocated markers and marking workflow status.] Log in with username 'teacher' and password 'moodle'<br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=190 Student view of an assignment.] Log in with username 'student' and password 'moodle'. Scroll down to see the rubric and feedback.<br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=46&action=editsubmission Student view of a student submission statement] Log in with username 'student' and password 'moodle'<br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715 Student view of group assignment grading screen] Log in with username 'student' and password 'moodle'<br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715&action=grading Teacher view of a group assignment grading screen] Log in with username 'teacher' and password 'moodle'.<br /> * [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=191&action=grading Teacher view of blind marking grading screen] Log in with username 'teacher' and password 'moodle'<br /> <br /> ===Other===<br /> * [http://www.somerandomthoughts.com/blog/2013/07/07/one-approach-for-group-project-grading/ One approach to group project grading] blog post by Gavin Henrick<br /> * [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=201307 Advantages of using Assignment upload over emailing a document] forum discussion<br /> <br /> <br /> [[de:Aufgabe nutzen]]<br /> [[fr:Afficher un devoir]]<br /> [[ja:課題を表示する]]<br /> [[es:Usando Tarea]]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Quiz_FAQ&diff=125320 Quiz FAQ 2016-09-14T10:52:25Z

<p>Jgramp: /* Can I have different start times/timings/numbers of attempts for different groups and individual students? */</p> <hr /> <div>{{Quiz}}<br /> <br /> ==How can I randomly generate a quiz from a larger question bank?==<br /> See the section on adding random questions in [[Building Quiz]].<br /> <br /> ==How can I force my students to answer all the question in a quiz before they submit?==<br /> <br /> There are various ways to answer this:<br /> # You can't.<br /> # Your students are not stupid. They know they will get zero marks for any question they do not answer, so they already have a strong incentive to answer every question. Furthermore, at the end of the quiz there is the summary page where they can easily check that they have answered all the questions before they submit, so they won't accidentally miss questions.<br /> # OK, so you want us to write code that won't let students submit before they have answered each question. Well, all that does is forces the student to put random junk like "asdf" into each question before they click the button, or randomly make a choice in each multiple choice question. There is no educational benefit in this. You get more meaningful information if students leave those questions blank rather than putting in random responses.<br /> <br /> ==Can I have different start times/timings/numbers of attempts for different groups?==<br /> *In the Quiz administration settings block, there is a link "group overrides" that allows you to do things like grant extensions to certain groups of students.<br /> *Click this link and you will be able to select your groups and change the quiz dates, times and number of attempts:<br /> <br /> [[File:quizgroupoverride.png]]<br /> <br /> ==Can I have different start times/timings/numbers of attempts for individual students?==<br /> *In the Quiz administration settings block, there is a link "user overrides" that allows you to do things like grant extensions to certain students. Although holding down shift usually lets you choose multiple students, on this page you can only select one student at a time. Therefore, if you need to apply changes to a number of students it may be easier to place them in a group and use "group overrides" to grant extension to them all at once. See: https://docs.moodle.org/29/en/Groups<br /> *Click this link and you will be able to 'add user overrides' and select the student this applies to and change the quiz dates, times and number of attempts.<br /> <br /> ==What happens if students submit answers after the quiz closing date?==<br /> It is possible for students to still submit answers after the quiz has closed (for example if they started the attempt before the closing date but then took a long time before submitting). These responses are stored by the quiz module, but the students are not given any credit for them. The teacher can see these answers when reviewing the student's attempts and can give the student credit for them by hand. Also the teacher could change the closing date after the fact and regrade the attempts. The students answers would then get graded.<br /> <br /> ==Is there a nice way to print a copy of a quiz?==<br /> <br /> Yes - use your browser printer option (for example by right-clicking and selecting Print) When a student prints their finished quiz, responses and feedback will also be printed.<br /> <br /> [[File:browserquizprint29.png|thumb|center|400px|Print preview of finished quiz - Click to enlarge]]<br /> <br /> Other printing options:<br /> <br /> * [[Offline quiz activity]] - adds paper-and-pencil multiple-choice quizzes to Moodle. In offline quizzes students mark answers to questions on a sheet of paper (the answer form). <br /> * See [https://github.com/bumoodle/moodle-quiz_papercopy https://github.com/bumoodle/moodle-quiz_papercopy] - Paper Copy quiz report for Moodle - allows an instructor to create and grade printable copies of Moodle Quizzes <br /> * Eoin Campbell has a plugin that may be useful here: https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=qformat_htmltable<br /> * See this [https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=qformat_wordtable Word table format plugin] for exporting questions (including images) in a question bank into a Word file<br /> <br /> ==Why am I no longer allowed to add or remove questions?==<br /> Most likely it is because you have students that have already attempted the quiz. You will need to delete all of the attempts by selecting them and choosing to delete them if you need to add/remove questions from a quiz. <br /> <br /> If you are developing a new quiz where the attempts have just been trials then deleting the previous attempts will have no consequeces in the grade book. <br /> <br /> If this is not the case think carefully about how to handle the graded attempts.<br /> <br /> There are several ways of getting to the “attempts #” which you need to click on to delete the previous attempts. Use which ever works for you.<br /> #Click on the quiz that you want to amend. It will take you to a page with “attempts #" at the top.<br /> #If you are on a page with this message “You cannot add or remove questions because the quiz has been attempted (attempts #)” Click on "attempts #".<br /> #If you have navigated away from the page with the message go to the Settings block > Quiz Administration > Edit Quiz.<br /> Whichever way you find “attempts #” click on it and you will go to a page with a drop down menu at the top. Select “all users who have attempted the quiz”. There are several other click boxes select whatever applies to your situation.<br /> Click “Show Report” and then “select all”. Click “Delete selected attempts” and confirm selection.<br /> <br /> Go back to Quiz Administration > Edit Quiz and you will now be able to add or delete questions.<br /> <br /> ==How can I turn off glossary auto-linking in a quiz? ==<br /> *In the Quiz administration settings block there will be a link "filter".<br /> *Click the link and you will have the option to disable filters just for that particular quiz:<br /> <br /> [[File:quizfilter.png]]<br /> <br /> ==How can I remove a problem question after the quiz has been taken?==<br /> <br /> You can not remove a question once a quiz has been taken by one student or more. However you can change the score and flag the question so you know it has problems.<br /> <br /> Set the score for that question to 0. <br /> *Caution: In some versions of Moodle if you use this question in an other quiz, this will potentially change the question in that quiz as well. A trick is to score the question as 0, then regrade the just completed quiz. This will establish the new grade for gradebook. Now go back and change the score to the original value. <br /> <br /> Find the question in Question Bank. Maybe edit the title (Do not use in Bio101). Or if you do not share the question category with other teachers, create a sub category, move the offending question there, and perhaps create a better question to replace the one you just moved. Create a new quiz and if necessary hide the old one.<br /> *Caution: if other departments or teachers use a question category it might be wise to check with the team before moving or changing any question. This is one reason importing questions in a course is a good best practice in some situations.<br /> <br /> ==Can I have a quiz that is not graded?==<br /> <br /> Yes:<br /> <br /> # On the quiz editing page, set the score for each question, and the total score for the quiz to 0.<br /> # On the quiz settings page, there is a grid of check-boxes. Turn off all the ones in the score column.<br /> <br /> ==Why is my quiz not displaying in the gradebook?==<br /> *Check that you have a maximum score that is more than 0 - if your score is 0, then the quiz will not appear in the gradebook.<br /> <br /> Remember you can tell gradebook not to include the quiz.<br /> <br /> ==How do I allow a person to retake a quiz if I have it set for 1 attempt?==<br /> *In the Quiz administration settings block, there is a link "user overrides".<br /> *Click this link and you can change the allowed number of attempts for that user. <br /> [[File:quizuseroverride.png]]<br /> <br /> ==How can I give particular students extra time in a timed quiz?==<br /> *In the Quiz administration settings block there is a link "user overrides"<br /> *Click this link and you will be able to choose one or more users and change the timing of their quiz<br /> <br /> [[File:quizuseroverride.png]]<br /> <br /> ==I've entered quiz grades manually in the gradebook. How can I allow students to improve on these grades?==<br /> <br /> When a grade is entered directly in the gradebook, an "overridden" flag is set, meaning that the grade can no longer be changed from within the quiz.<br /> <br /> However, the flag can be removed by turning editing on in the [[Grader report|grader report]], then clicking the edit grade icon, unchecking the overridden box and saving the changes.<br /> <br /> ==How can I enable notification of quiz submissions?==<br /> <br /> See [[Quiz submission notification]].<br /> <br /> ==Why can't people (guests) take a quiz without creating an account and logging in?==<br /> <br /> This is difficult to implement for technical reasons.<br /> <br /> To explain: The quiz has to link all information about an attempt to a particular 'user' record in the database, and each user can only have one open quiz attempt at a time. All not-logged-in users share the same 'guest' user database record. Therefore, two guests could not attempt the quiz at the same time, and even if they could, it would be difficult to prevent one guest seeing another guest's attempts.<br /> <br /> Of course, given enough work, it would be possible to change some of those assumptions, and so make it possible for guests to attempt quizzes. Indeed, some of the obstructions to implementing this have already been removed while doing other work on the quiz, but there is still some way to go.<br /> <br /> If you would like to see this implemented, please vote for MDL-17892.<br /> <br /> === Workarounds for allowing guests to see a quiz===<br /> A workaround is to create a visitor account, say with username = guest, password = visitor, for everyone to share.<br /> <br /> ==Can you explain the error The number of random questions required is more than are still available in the category!==<br /> <br /> Review your quiz and verify Moodle has enough questions from each category of questions it will be pulling from. You may have inadvertently selected more questions than what exists in the category. Also make sure you're not pulling questions from a category that has zero questions. Because you are picking random questions, rather than a specific question, it may not be apparent at first that you have run out of questions to ask!<br /> <br /> ==How do I send a bulk message to all students who haven't completed a quiz?==<br /> *From your navigation block, click ''Reports>Course participation''<br /> *From the drop down, choose your quiz.<br /> *In ''Show only'', choose "Student" and in ''Actions'', choose "post"<br /> *In the list that appears, tick/check the boxes next to those you wish to message.<br /> *In the bottom dropdown ''With selected users'', choose "send message"<br /> <br /> [[File:quizemail.png]]<br /> <br /> ==Can I download the quiz questions in a non-Moodle format?==<br /> You might want to keep a local copy of quiz questions as evidence. While Moodle doesn't offer a built-in method of doing this, suggestions include: <br /> #previewing the quiz, getting to the review page and from your computer, choosing "Save as...webpage complete" and <br /> #exporting the question as Moodle XML, or GIFT format. If you open either of those files in a text-editor, you should be able to see most details of each question. Not very pretty, but accurate.<br /> <br /> ==How can I turn off question flagging?==<br /> By default, flags are available in quiz questions.<br /> <br /> [[File:flag.png]]<br /> <br /> There is a capablity attached to this: [[Capabilities/moodle/question:flag]]. Remove this capability from roles that you don't want to see the flags. You can either do that by editing the role definitions globally, or by overriding the permissions in just one quiz or course.<br /> <br /> ==How do I create system-wide question categories?==<br /> * As an administrator or user with system permissions, go to ''Question bank>categories'' in any course.<br /> *Using the "Add category form" at the bottom of the page, set the parent of the new category to be the system context.<br /> <br /> ==How can I prevent a student from reviewing or jumping around questions in a quiz?==<br /> You can block the quiz navigation block and the summary of quiz page with CSS code in a theme. However, if a student fails to answer a question, they will not know if you implement this "solution". Also if others on the site do not want this patch, make sure the theme you select for the course is not used by others.<br /> <br /> For example using the Afterburner theme: Site Administration >Appearance >Themes >Afterburner and enter this in the CSS code area:<br /> <br /> :div#mod_quiz_navblock {visibility:hidden;}<br /> :table.quizsummaryofattempt {visibility:hidden;}<br /> <br /> There are other css solutions.<br /> <br /> ==How can I minimise the load on the server while using quizzes?==<br /> *Try to avoid a lot of students starting a quiz at the same time<br /> *Check these discussions:<br /> **https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=213259<br /> **https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=215641<br /> **https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=215130<br /> * For other notes on performance with quizzes, see the section 'Performance of different Moodle modules' in [[Performance recommendations]].<br /> * See the [https://moodle.org/plugins/mod_exam Exam] incubating additional plugin. This is an activity module for Moodle. It allows the teacher to build quizzes with multiple choice question based on Quiz module. Main purpose of Exam module is to improve performance of quiz and to reduce database overhead, so that a large number of users can attempt quiz simultaneously.<br /> <br /> ==How can I make the quiz timer "float" or move down the page?==<br /> See this forum thread: [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=210049 How to make the quiz timer float] for one suggestion.<br /> <br /> ==Why are images not included when exporting quiz questions?==<br /> Images are only included if you export the questions using Moodle XML format. For all other question export formats (including GIFT), you will get broken images. Please see forum post [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=244615 Students not able to see images in exported quiz questions]<br /> <br /> ==Why does the quiz timer keep counting down when the student is not looking at the quiz?==<br /> It is not possible to stop the timer and start it again. Moodle cannot tell the difference between legitimate reasons for doing this (such as a fire alarm requiring evacuation of the test room) or a student simply using time going to another browser and googling the answers. Nor can Moodle tell if the connection has been lost, although the student does now get a warning MDL-42504<br /> <br /> It might be preferable in certain circumstances, such as timed examinations using Quiz, to manually announce the start/end time, rather then rely on the quiz timer.<br /> <br /> For further comments see:<br /> * https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=96194<br /> * https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=177180<br /> * https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=237847<br /> <br /> ==How can a "Never submitted quiz" be submitted?==<br /> Currently there is no way to retrieve an attempt that was "Never Submitted", and get it back into the "In progress" state, but there is a tracker issue MDL-35745. Perhaps the best solution is to plan ahead and set your quiz to set your quiz to be submitted automatically. Failing that, see also this [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=212819 forum thread] which suggests:<br /> # Update the quiz : set the "close the quiz" date after today<br /> # Set "When time expires" to "There is a grace period ..."<br /> #Under Grade set "Attempts allowed" to "unlimited"<br /> #Question behavior: Each attempt builds on the last "Yes"<br /> # Invite the students who did not close their exams<br /> # Allow them to start a new attempt, and close it immediately.<br /> <br /> ==How can I hide the number of marks available for each question?==<br /> <br /> This is not really possible unless you are prepared to edit the code.<br /> <br /> If you have a custom theme, you can add CSS like this:<br /> <code css><br /> .que .info .grade { display: none; }<br /> </code><br /> or you could try to make it more specific, and only hide the grade before the question is answered:<br /> <code css><br /> .que.answersaved .info .grade,<br /> .que.invalidanswer .info .grade,<br /> .que.notyetanswered .info .grade { display: none; }<br /> </code><br /> You can also add this CSS using the [[Header_and_footer|Additional HTML admin setting]].<br /> <br /> Alternatively, you can alter the PHP code here: https://github.com/moodle/moodle/blob/4de51c25ae227a727dcba7c39f6f644a5d47ce7a/mod/quiz/locallib.php#L1820. Change that line to give the behaviour you want, e.g.<br /> <code php><br /> $options->marks = self::extract($quiz->reviewmarks, $when,<br /> self::MARK_AND_MAX, self::HIDDEN);<br /> </code><br /> <br /> Be warned that any of these approaches will affect every quiz in the Moodle site.<br /> <br /> ==How can a teacher dry run a quiz before it is released?==<br /> * You have prepared a quiz exam for your students. It is currently in a hidden state.<br /> * The exam opens on the day of the exam, at a time that the students know about.<br /> * However, to satisfy yourself that it is doable in the time allotted, You wish to do a dry run yourself before that date.<br /> * How can You accomplish this?<br /> <br /> ===Method 1===<br /> You can use the Preview feature available to you as a teacher as you are making the quiz.<br /> <br /> ===Method 2===<br /> * Make a dummy account with a name like "Test Student".<br /> * Enrol that user in the course as a student.<br /> * Add a "User override" to the quiz, so "Test Student" can attempt the quiz before it is open to everyone else.<br /> * Log in as "Test student".<br /> * Attempt the quiz.<br /> * Log back in as teacher.<br /> * Review the attempt.<br /> * Go to Results -> Grades and delete the test attempt.<br /> * Un-enrol "Test Student" from your course.<br /> <br /> ===Method 3===<br /> * Set up a Moodle Playground course for your teachers.<br /> * Add teachers with dual role (teacher and student).<br /> * This provides them a place to test things out.<br /> * Teachers can later copy the quiz/assignment/whatever over to their live class.<br /> <br /> ==How can I prevent a student doing a quiz for another student?==<br /> For some ideas on preventing cheating, see the forum thread [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=271100#p1168345 User dependent locking and unlocking of quizzes].<br /> <br /> ==How can I set a grade to pass?==<br /> <br /> See the section 'Setting a grade to pass for a quiz' in [[Activity completion settings]] for details.<br /> <br /> ==How can students upload images to an Essay question?==<br /> When creating the question, in the section ''Response format'', choose "HTML editor + uploaded files."<br /> <br /> ==I would like to know if there is such a thing like "quiz as video overlay" in moodle some where?==<br /> If you use [http://discover.techsmith.com/try-camtasia/?gclid=CJGjxND588UCFZAAaQodcRcA8w Camtasia], you can insert questions into the video itself, then export it as a [[SCORM module|SCORM]] package and bring it into Moodle. The quiz questions will automatically be added to the gradebook. See [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=314580#unread this forum post].<br /> <br /> ==Is there a way to make a face-to-face quiz with all students answering the questions at the same time?==<br /> * See this [https://moodle.org/plugins/view/mod_activequiz Active quiz optional plugin], which is an enhanced plugin, based on the original [https://moodle.org/plugins/view/mod_realtimequiz Realtime quiz optional plugin].<br /> <br /> ==Is there a way to prevent students who passed a quiz from reattempting it?==<br /> Use the [https://moodle.org/plugins/view/quizaccess_reattemptchecker Reattempt checker] quiz access rule plugin.<br /> <br /> ==How can I make a neater more beautiful quiz?==<br /> You can move the question information that is usually on a left block to a horizontal position above the question text and thus have a wider area for your question as the following screen:<br /> <br /> [[File:Quiz_nicer_layout.png|600px]]<br /> <br /> The CSS changes used were:<br /> .que .info {<br /> float: none;<br /> width: auto;<br /> }<br /> .que .info > div {<br /> margin-left: 15px;<br /> margin-right: 15px;<br /> }<br /> .que .info > div {<br /> display: inline;<br /> }<br /> .que .content {<br /> margin: 0 0 0 0;<br /> width: auto;<br /> }<br /> .que .info {<br /> background-color: #eee;<br /> border: 1px solid #bce8f1;<br /> border-radius: 4px;<br /> margin-bottom: -5px;<br /> padding: 8px;<br /> }<br /> .que h3.no {<br /> display: inline;<br /> font-size: 12px;<br /> line-height: 1;<br /> margin-left: 10px;<br /> }<br /> <br /> * To make it look like one block you should change:<br /> - border: 1px solid #bce8f1;<br /> - margin-bottom: -5px;<br /> <br /> * See the [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=319464 How can I make quizzes neater and more beautiful?] forum thread<br /> * See the [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=237589 How to extend the width of the quiz question area?] and [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=276651 using Essential theme how to move info div in quiz attempt section to the top of question] forum threads<br /> <br /> ==A nice OU quiz styling snippet==<br /> As posted by Tim Hunt in [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=326139 this forum thread], you can have the Open University code for the navigation block very easily, which will make it look like this:<br /> [[File:quiznav.PNG]]<br /> <br /> As opposed to the standard Moodle navigation block:<br /> <br /> [[File:oldquiznav.png]]<br /> <br /> The necessary CSS is below. You also need to put the three images in [https://moodle.org/pluginfile.php/115/mod_forum/attachment/1311320/pix.zip the attached zip] into the pix folder of your theme.<br /> <br /> <code css><br /> /* Quiz navigation. */<br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qn_buttons {<br /> margin-right: -14px;<br /> }<br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton {<br /> font-size: 14px;<br /> line-height: 25px !important;<br /> font-weight: normal;<br /> background-color: #fff;<br /> background-image: none;<br /> height: 45px;<br /> width: 35px;<br /> border-radius: 4px;<br /> border: 0;<br /> margin: 0 5px 5px 0;<br /> }<br /> <br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton .thispageholder {<br /> border: 1px solid #999999;<br /> border-radius: 4px;<br /> z-index: 1;<br /> }<br /> <br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.thispage .thispageholder {<br /> border: 3px solid #1F536B;<br /> }<br /> <br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.flagged .thispageholder {<br /> background: transparent url([[pix:theme|flag-on]]) 20px 0px no-repeat;<br /> }<br /> <br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton .trafficlight {<br /> border: 0;<br /> background: #fff none center 4px / 10px no-repeat scroll;<br /> height: 20px;<br /> margin-top: 25px;<br /> border-radius: 0 0 4px 4px;<br /> }<br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.notyetanswered .trafficlight,<br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.invalidanswer .trafficlight {<br /> background-color: #fff;<br /> }<br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.correct .trafficlight {<br /> background-image: url([[pix:theme|checkmark]]);<br /> background-color: #468847;<br /> }<br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.blocked .trafficlight {<br /> background-image: url([[pix:core|t/locked]]);<br /> }<br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.notanswered .trafficlight,<br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.incorrect .trafficlight {<br /> background-color: #b94a48;<br /> }<br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.partiallycorrect .trafficlight {<br /> background-image: url([[pix:theme|whitecircle]]);<br /> background-color: #c09853;<br /> }<br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.complete .trafficlight,<br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.answersaved .trafficlight,<br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.requiresgrading .trafficlight {<br /> background-color: #999;<br /> }<br /> </code><br /> <br /> ==Can a user build his own quiz in moodle?==<br /> Have a look at the [https://moodle.org/plugins/view/mod_qpractice question practice optional plugin].<br /> <br /> ==Can I incorporate a progress bar inside a quiz?==<br /> * See the [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=324436 Can I incorporate a progress bar inside a quiz?] forum thread<br /> <br /> ==Is there a way to restore an accidentally deleted quiz along with its grades?==<br /> Yes. See [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=255382#unread this forum thread].<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> *[https://moodle.org/plugins/mod_hotquestion hot question] additional plugin to help teachers to collect questions from students in or out of classroom<br /> <br /> *Using Moodle forum discussions:<br /> **[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=96326 Removing "Submit all and Finish" button]<br /> **[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=141003 How do you keep people from cheating while taking a quiz?]<br /> **[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=131325 Scientific notation in quiz answers]<br /> **[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=158846 Quiz answers appear in wrong language]<br /> **[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=196206 Random Order Override]<br /> <br /> * Related FAQs:<br /> ** [[Import and export FAQ]] - for hints on importing questions<br /> ** [[XML FAQ]] - for information on creating and importing questions in Moodle XML format<br /> <br /> ==External links==<br /> * [http://www.alfiekohn.org/teaching/cheating.htm Who is Cheating Whom] article<br /> <br /> [[Category:FAQ]]<br /> <br /> [[de:Test FAQ]]<br /> [[es:Examen FAQ]]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Quiz_FAQ&diff=125319 Quiz FAQ 2016-09-14T10:35:42Z

<p>Jgramp: /* Can I have different start times/timings/numbers of attempts for different groups? */</p> <hr /> <div>{{Quiz}}<br /> <br /> ==How can I randomly generate a quiz from a larger question bank?==<br /> See the section on adding random questions in [[Building Quiz]].<br /> <br /> ==How can I force my students to answer all the question in a quiz before they submit?==<br /> <br /> There are various ways to answer this:<br /> # You can't.<br /> # Your students are not stupid. They know they will get zero marks for any question they do not answer, so they already have a strong incentive to answer every question. Furthermore, at the end of the quiz there is the summary page where they can easily check that they have answered all the questions before they submit, so they won't accidentally miss questions.<br /> # OK, so you want us to write code that won't let students submit before they have answered each question. Well, all that does is forces the student to put random junk like "asdf" into each question before they click the button, or randomly make a choice in each multiple choice question. There is no educational benefit in this. You get more meaningful information if students leave those questions blank rather than putting in random responses.<br /> <br /> ==Can I have different start times/timings/numbers of attempts for different groups?==<br /> *In the Quiz administration settings block, there is a link "group override" that allows you to do things like grant extensions to certain groups of students.<br /> *Click this link and you will be able to select your groups and change the quiz dates, times and number of attempts:<br /> <br /> [[File:quizgroupoverride.png]]<br /> <br /> ==What happens if students submit answers after the quiz closing date?==<br /> It is possible for students to still submit answers after the quiz has closed (for example if they started the attempt before the closing date but then took a long time before submitting). These responses are stored by the quiz module, but the students are not given any credit for them. The teacher can see these answers when reviewing the student's attempts and can give the student credit for them by hand. Also the teacher could change the closing date after the fact and regrade the attempts. The students answers would then get graded.<br /> <br /> ==Is there a nice way to print a copy of a quiz?==<br /> <br /> Yes - use your browser printer option (for example by right-clicking and selecting Print) When a student prints their finished quiz, responses and feedback will also be printed.<br /> <br /> [[File:browserquizprint29.png|thumb|center|400px|Print preview of finished quiz - Click to enlarge]]<br /> <br /> Other printing options:<br /> <br /> * [[Offline quiz activity]] - adds paper-and-pencil multiple-choice quizzes to Moodle. In offline quizzes students mark answers to questions on a sheet of paper (the answer form). <br /> * See [https://github.com/bumoodle/moodle-quiz_papercopy https://github.com/bumoodle/moodle-quiz_papercopy] - Paper Copy quiz report for Moodle - allows an instructor to create and grade printable copies of Moodle Quizzes <br /> * Eoin Campbell has a plugin that may be useful here: https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=qformat_htmltable<br /> * See this [https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=qformat_wordtable Word table format plugin] for exporting questions (including images) in a question bank into a Word file<br /> <br /> ==Why am I no longer allowed to add or remove questions?==<br /> Most likely it is because you have students that have already attempted the quiz. You will need to delete all of the attempts by selecting them and choosing to delete them if you need to add/remove questions from a quiz. <br /> <br /> If you are developing a new quiz where the attempts have just been trials then deleting the previous attempts will have no consequeces in the grade book. <br /> <br /> If this is not the case think carefully about how to handle the graded attempts.<br /> <br /> There are several ways of getting to the “attempts #” which you need to click on to delete the previous attempts. Use which ever works for you.<br /> #Click on the quiz that you want to amend. It will take you to a page with “attempts #" at the top.<br /> #If you are on a page with this message “You cannot add or remove questions because the quiz has been attempted (attempts #)” Click on "attempts #".<br /> #If you have navigated away from the page with the message go to the Settings block > Quiz Administration > Edit Quiz.<br /> Whichever way you find “attempts #” click on it and you will go to a page with a drop down menu at the top. Select “all users who have attempted the quiz”. There are several other click boxes select whatever applies to your situation.<br /> Click “Show Report” and then “select all”. Click “Delete selected attempts” and confirm selection.<br /> <br /> Go back to Quiz Administration > Edit Quiz and you will now be able to add or delete questions.<br /> <br /> ==How can I turn off glossary auto-linking in a quiz? ==<br /> *In the Quiz administration settings block there will be a link "filter".<br /> *Click the link and you will have the option to disable filters just for that particular quiz:<br /> <br /> [[File:quizfilter.png]]<br /> <br /> ==How can I remove a problem question after the quiz has been taken?==<br /> <br /> You can not remove a question once a quiz has been taken by one student or more. However you can change the score and flag the question so you know it has problems.<br /> <br /> Set the score for that question to 0. <br /> *Caution: In some versions of Moodle if you use this question in an other quiz, this will potentially change the question in that quiz as well. A trick is to score the question as 0, then regrade the just completed quiz. This will establish the new grade for gradebook. Now go back and change the score to the original value. <br /> <br /> Find the question in Question Bank. Maybe edit the title (Do not use in Bio101). Or if you do not share the question category with other teachers, create a sub category, move the offending question there, and perhaps create a better question to replace the one you just moved. Create a new quiz and if necessary hide the old one.<br /> *Caution: if other departments or teachers use a question category it might be wise to check with the team before moving or changing any question. This is one reason importing questions in a course is a good best practice in some situations.<br /> <br /> ==Can I have a quiz that is not graded?==<br /> <br /> Yes:<br /> <br /> # On the quiz editing page, set the score for each question, and the total score for the quiz to 0.<br /> # On the quiz settings page, there is a grid of check-boxes. Turn off all the ones in the score column.<br /> <br /> ==Why is my quiz not displaying in the gradebook?==<br /> *Check that you have a maximum score that is more than 0 - if your score is 0, then the quiz will not appear in the gradebook.<br /> <br /> Remember you can tell gradebook not to include the quiz.<br /> <br /> ==How do I allow a person to retake a quiz if I have it set for 1 attempt?==<br /> *In the Quiz administration settings block, there is a link "user overrides".<br /> *Click this link and you can change the allowed number of attempts for that user. <br /> [[File:quizuseroverride.png]]<br /> <br /> ==How can I give particular students extra time in a timed quiz?==<br /> *In the Quiz administration settings block there is a link "user overrides"<br /> *Click this link and you will be able to choose one or more users and change the timing of their quiz<br /> <br /> [[File:quizuseroverride.png]]<br /> <br /> ==I've entered quiz grades manually in the gradebook. How can I allow students to improve on these grades?==<br /> <br /> When a grade is entered directly in the gradebook, an "overridden" flag is set, meaning that the grade can no longer be changed from within the quiz.<br /> <br /> However, the flag can be removed by turning editing on in the [[Grader report|grader report]], then clicking the edit grade icon, unchecking the overridden box and saving the changes.<br /> <br /> ==How can I enable notification of quiz submissions?==<br /> <br /> See [[Quiz submission notification]].<br /> <br /> ==Why can't people (guests) take a quiz without creating an account and logging in?==<br /> <br /> This is difficult to implement for technical reasons.<br /> <br /> To explain: The quiz has to link all information about an attempt to a particular 'user' record in the database, and each user can only have one open quiz attempt at a time. All not-logged-in users share the same 'guest' user database record. Therefore, two guests could not attempt the quiz at the same time, and even if they could, it would be difficult to prevent one guest seeing another guest's attempts.<br /> <br /> Of course, given enough work, it would be possible to change some of those assumptions, and so make it possible for guests to attempt quizzes. Indeed, some of the obstructions to implementing this have already been removed while doing other work on the quiz, but there is still some way to go.<br /> <br /> If you would like to see this implemented, please vote for MDL-17892.<br /> <br /> === Workarounds for allowing guests to see a quiz===<br /> A workaround is to create a visitor account, say with username = guest, password = visitor, for everyone to share.<br /> <br /> ==Can you explain the error The number of random questions required is more than are still available in the category!==<br /> <br /> Review your quiz and verify Moodle has enough questions from each category of questions it will be pulling from. You may have inadvertently selected more questions than what exists in the category. Also make sure you're not pulling questions from a category that has zero questions. Because you are picking random questions, rather than a specific question, it may not be apparent at first that you have run out of questions to ask!<br /> <br /> ==How do I send a bulk message to all students who haven't completed a quiz?==<br /> *From your navigation block, click ''Reports>Course participation''<br /> *From the drop down, choose your quiz.<br /> *In ''Show only'', choose "Student" and in ''Actions'', choose "post"<br /> *In the list that appears, tick/check the boxes next to those you wish to message.<br /> *In the bottom dropdown ''With selected users'', choose "send message"<br /> <br /> [[File:quizemail.png]]<br /> <br /> ==Can I download the quiz questions in a non-Moodle format?==<br /> You might want to keep a local copy of quiz questions as evidence. While Moodle doesn't offer a built-in method of doing this, suggestions include: <br /> #previewing the quiz, getting to the review page and from your computer, choosing "Save as...webpage complete" and <br /> #exporting the question as Moodle XML, or GIFT format. If you open either of those files in a text-editor, you should be able to see most details of each question. Not very pretty, but accurate.<br /> <br /> ==How can I turn off question flagging?==<br /> By default, flags are available in quiz questions.<br /> <br /> [[File:flag.png]]<br /> <br /> There is a capablity attached to this: [[Capabilities/moodle/question:flag]]. Remove this capability from roles that you don't want to see the flags. You can either do that by editing the role definitions globally, or by overriding the permissions in just one quiz or course.<br /> <br /> ==How do I create system-wide question categories?==<br /> * As an administrator or user with system permissions, go to ''Question bank>categories'' in any course.<br /> *Using the "Add category form" at the bottom of the page, set the parent of the new category to be the system context.<br /> <br /> ==How can I prevent a student from reviewing or jumping around questions in a quiz?==<br /> You can block the quiz navigation block and the summary of quiz page with CSS code in a theme. However, if a student fails to answer a question, they will not know if you implement this "solution". Also if others on the site do not want this patch, make sure the theme you select for the course is not used by others.<br /> <br /> For example using the Afterburner theme: Site Administration >Appearance >Themes >Afterburner and enter this in the CSS code area:<br /> <br /> :div#mod_quiz_navblock {visibility:hidden;}<br /> :table.quizsummaryofattempt {visibility:hidden;}<br /> <br /> There are other css solutions.<br /> <br /> ==How can I minimise the load on the server while using quizzes?==<br /> *Try to avoid a lot of students starting a quiz at the same time<br /> *Check these discussions:<br /> **https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=213259<br /> **https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=215641<br /> **https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=215130<br /> * For other notes on performance with quizzes, see the section 'Performance of different Moodle modules' in [[Performance recommendations]].<br /> * See the [https://moodle.org/plugins/mod_exam Exam] incubating additional plugin. This is an activity module for Moodle. It allows the teacher to build quizzes with multiple choice question based on Quiz module. Main purpose of Exam module is to improve performance of quiz and to reduce database overhead, so that a large number of users can attempt quiz simultaneously.<br /> <br /> ==How can I make the quiz timer "float" or move down the page?==<br /> See this forum thread: [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=210049 How to make the quiz timer float] for one suggestion.<br /> <br /> ==Why are images not included when exporting quiz questions?==<br /> Images are only included if you export the questions using Moodle XML format. For all other question export formats (including GIFT), you will get broken images. Please see forum post [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=244615 Students not able to see images in exported quiz questions]<br /> <br /> ==Why does the quiz timer keep counting down when the student is not looking at the quiz?==<br /> It is not possible to stop the timer and start it again. Moodle cannot tell the difference between legitimate reasons for doing this (such as a fire alarm requiring evacuation of the test room) or a student simply using time going to another browser and googling the answers. Nor can Moodle tell if the connection has been lost, although the student does now get a warning MDL-42504<br /> <br /> It might be preferable in certain circumstances, such as timed examinations using Quiz, to manually announce the start/end time, rather then rely on the quiz timer.<br /> <br /> For further comments see:<br /> * https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=96194<br /> * https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=177180<br /> * https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=237847<br /> <br /> ==How can a "Never submitted quiz" be submitted?==<br /> Currently there is no way to retrieve an attempt that was "Never Submitted", and get it back into the "In progress" state, but there is a tracker issue MDL-35745. Perhaps the best solution is to plan ahead and set your quiz to set your quiz to be submitted automatically. Failing that, see also this [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=212819 forum thread] which suggests:<br /> # Update the quiz : set the "close the quiz" date after today<br /> # Set "When time expires" to "There is a grace period ..."<br /> #Under Grade set "Attempts allowed" to "unlimited"<br /> #Question behavior: Each attempt builds on the last "Yes"<br /> # Invite the students who did not close their exams<br /> # Allow them to start a new attempt, and close it immediately.<br /> <br /> ==How can I hide the number of marks available for each question?==<br /> <br /> This is not really possible unless you are prepared to edit the code.<br /> <br /> If you have a custom theme, you can add CSS like this:<br /> <code css><br /> .que .info .grade { display: none; }<br /> </code><br /> or you could try to make it more specific, and only hide the grade before the question is answered:<br /> <code css><br /> .que.answersaved .info .grade,<br /> .que.invalidanswer .info .grade,<br /> .que.notyetanswered .info .grade { display: none; }<br /> </code><br /> You can also add this CSS using the [[Header_and_footer|Additional HTML admin setting]].<br /> <br /> Alternatively, you can alter the PHP code here: https://github.com/moodle/moodle/blob/4de51c25ae227a727dcba7c39f6f644a5d47ce7a/mod/quiz/locallib.php#L1820. Change that line to give the behaviour you want, e.g.<br /> <code php><br /> $options->marks = self::extract($quiz->reviewmarks, $when,<br /> self::MARK_AND_MAX, self::HIDDEN);<br /> </code><br /> <br /> Be warned that any of these approaches will affect every quiz in the Moodle site.<br /> <br /> ==How can a teacher dry run a quiz before it is released?==<br /> * You have prepared a quiz exam for your students. It is currently in a hidden state.<br /> * The exam opens on the day of the exam, at a time that the students know about.<br /> * However, to satisfy yourself that it is doable in the time allotted, You wish to do a dry run yourself before that date.<br /> * How can You accomplish this?<br /> <br /> ===Method 1===<br /> You can use the Preview feature available to you as a teacher as you are making the quiz.<br /> <br /> ===Method 2===<br /> * Make a dummy account with a name like "Test Student".<br /> * Enrol that user in the course as a student.<br /> * Add a "User override" to the quiz, so "Test Student" can attempt the quiz before it is open to everyone else.<br /> * Log in as "Test student".<br /> * Attempt the quiz.<br /> * Log back in as teacher.<br /> * Review the attempt.<br /> * Go to Results -> Grades and delete the test attempt.<br /> * Un-enrol "Test Student" from your course.<br /> <br /> ===Method 3===<br /> * Set up a Moodle Playground course for your teachers.<br /> * Add teachers with dual role (teacher and student).<br /> * This provides them a place to test things out.<br /> * Teachers can later copy the quiz/assignment/whatever over to their live class.<br /> <br /> ==How can I prevent a student doing a quiz for another student?==<br /> For some ideas on preventing cheating, see the forum thread [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=271100#p1168345 User dependent locking and unlocking of quizzes].<br /> <br /> ==How can I set a grade to pass?==<br /> <br /> See the section 'Setting a grade to pass for a quiz' in [[Activity completion settings]] for details.<br /> <br /> ==How can students upload images to an Essay question?==<br /> When creating the question, in the section ''Response format'', choose "HTML editor + uploaded files."<br /> <br /> ==I would like to know if there is such a thing like "quiz as video overlay" in moodle some where?==<br /> If you use [http://discover.techsmith.com/try-camtasia/?gclid=CJGjxND588UCFZAAaQodcRcA8w Camtasia], you can insert questions into the video itself, then export it as a [[SCORM module|SCORM]] package and bring it into Moodle. The quiz questions will automatically be added to the gradebook. See [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=314580#unread this forum post].<br /> <br /> ==Is there a way to make a face-to-face quiz with all students answering the questions at the same time?==<br /> * See this [https://moodle.org/plugins/view/mod_activequiz Active quiz optional plugin], which is an enhanced plugin, based on the original [https://moodle.org/plugins/view/mod_realtimequiz Realtime quiz optional plugin].<br /> <br /> ==Is there a way to prevent students who passed a quiz from reattempting it?==<br /> Use the [https://moodle.org/plugins/view/quizaccess_reattemptchecker Reattempt checker] quiz access rule plugin.<br /> <br /> ==How can I make a neater more beautiful quiz?==<br /> You can move the question information that is usually on a left block to a horizontal position above the question text and thus have a wider area for your question as the following screen:<br /> <br /> [[File:Quiz_nicer_layout.png|600px]]<br /> <br /> The CSS changes used were:<br /> .que .info {<br /> float: none;<br /> width: auto;<br /> }<br /> .que .info > div {<br /> margin-left: 15px;<br /> margin-right: 15px;<br /> }<br /> .que .info > div {<br /> display: inline;<br /> }<br /> .que .content {<br /> margin: 0 0 0 0;<br /> width: auto;<br /> }<br /> .que .info {<br /> background-color: #eee;<br /> border: 1px solid #bce8f1;<br /> border-radius: 4px;<br /> margin-bottom: -5px;<br /> padding: 8px;<br /> }<br /> .que h3.no {<br /> display: inline;<br /> font-size: 12px;<br /> line-height: 1;<br /> margin-left: 10px;<br /> }<br /> <br /> * To make it look like one block you should change:<br /> - border: 1px solid #bce8f1;<br /> - margin-bottom: -5px;<br /> <br /> * See the [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=319464 How can I make quizzes neater and more beautiful?] forum thread<br /> * See the [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=237589 How to extend the width of the quiz question area?] and [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=276651 using Essential theme how to move info div in quiz attempt section to the top of question] forum threads<br /> <br /> ==A nice OU quiz styling snippet==<br /> As posted by Tim Hunt in [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=326139 this forum thread], you can have the Open University code for the navigation block very easily, which will make it look like this:<br /> [[File:quiznav.PNG]]<br /> <br /> As opposed to the standard Moodle navigation block:<br /> <br /> [[File:oldquiznav.png]]<br /> <br /> The necessary CSS is below. You also need to put the three images in [https://moodle.org/pluginfile.php/115/mod_forum/attachment/1311320/pix.zip the attached zip] into the pix folder of your theme.<br /> <br /> <code css><br /> /* Quiz navigation. */<br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qn_buttons {<br /> margin-right: -14px;<br /> }<br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton {<br /> font-size: 14px;<br /> line-height: 25px !important;<br /> font-weight: normal;<br /> background-color: #fff;<br /> background-image: none;<br /> height: 45px;<br /> width: 35px;<br /> border-radius: 4px;<br /> border: 0;<br /> margin: 0 5px 5px 0;<br /> }<br /> <br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton .thispageholder {<br /> border: 1px solid #999999;<br /> border-radius: 4px;<br /> z-index: 1;<br /> }<br /> <br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.thispage .thispageholder {<br /> border: 3px solid #1F536B;<br /> }<br /> <br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.flagged .thispageholder {<br /> background: transparent url([[pix:theme|flag-on]]) 20px 0px no-repeat;<br /> }<br /> <br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton .trafficlight {<br /> border: 0;<br /> background: #fff none center 4px / 10px no-repeat scroll;<br /> height: 20px;<br /> margin-top: 25px;<br /> border-radius: 0 0 4px 4px;<br /> }<br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.notyetanswered .trafficlight,<br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.invalidanswer .trafficlight {<br /> background-color: #fff;<br /> }<br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.correct .trafficlight {<br /> background-image: url([[pix:theme|checkmark]]);<br /> background-color: #468847;<br /> }<br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.blocked .trafficlight {<br /> background-image: url([[pix:core|t/locked]]);<br /> }<br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.notanswered .trafficlight,<br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.incorrect .trafficlight {<br /> background-color: #b94a48;<br /> }<br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.partiallycorrect .trafficlight {<br /> background-image: url([[pix:theme|whitecircle]]);<br /> background-color: #c09853;<br /> }<br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.complete .trafficlight,<br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.answersaved .trafficlight,<br /> .path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.requiresgrading .trafficlight {<br /> background-color: #999;<br /> }<br /> </code><br /> <br /> ==Can a user build his own quiz in moodle?==<br /> Have a look at the [https://moodle.org/plugins/view/mod_qpractice question practice optional plugin].<br /> <br /> ==Can I incorporate a progress bar inside a quiz?==<br /> * See the [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=324436 Can I incorporate a progress bar inside a quiz?] forum thread<br /> <br /> ==Is there a way to restore an accidentally deleted quiz along with its grades?==<br /> Yes. See [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=255382#unread this forum thread].<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> *[https://moodle.org/plugins/mod_hotquestion hot question] additional plugin to help teachers to collect questions from students in or out of classroom<br /> <br /> *Using Moodle forum discussions:<br /> **[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=96326 Removing "Submit all and Finish" button]<br /> **[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=141003 How do you keep people from cheating while taking a quiz?]<br /> **[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=131325 Scientific notation in quiz answers]<br /> **[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=158846 Quiz answers appear in wrong language]<br /> **[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=196206 Random Order Override]<br /> <br /> * Related FAQs:<br /> ** [[Import and export FAQ]] - for hints on importing questions<br /> ** [[XML FAQ]] - for information on creating and importing questions in Moodle XML format<br /> <br /> ==External links==<br /> * [http://www.alfiekohn.org/teaching/cheating.htm Who is Cheating Whom] article<br /> <br /> [[Category:FAQ]]<br /> <br /> [[de:Test FAQ]]<br /> [[es:Examen FAQ]]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Assignment_settings&diff=125318 Assignment settings 2016-09-14T10:27:10Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Assignment}}<br /> <br /> ==Adding an assignment==<br /> *Go to the course where you want the assignment; turn on the editing, and in the section you want the assignment, click 'Add an activity or resource'.<br /> *From the Activity chooser, click the Assignment button and click 'Add'. <br /> *(If you want to edit an existing assignment, click the Edit link to its right and choose the action you wish to take, eg 'Edit settings'.)<br /> <br /> ==Assignment settings==<br /> <br /> ===General ===<br /> Give your assignment a name (which students will see to click on) and, if required, a description. If you want the description to display on the course page, check the box.<br /> <br /> ;Additional files<br /> :Here you can add files which may be of help to the students as they do their assignment, such as example submissions or answer templates.<br /> <br /> ===Availability===<br /> ;Allow submissions from<br /> :This stops students from submitting before the shown date but it doesn't hide the assignment and any included instructions or materials.<br /> ;Due date<br /> :Submissions are still allowed after this date but will be marked as late. Disable it by unticking the checkbox. Assignments without a due date will appear on the dashboard with 'No Due Date' displayed.<br /> ;Cut-off date<br /> :After this date, students will not be able to submit and the submit button will disappear. If you want to grant an extension, go to the assignment grading screen by clicking 'view submissions', click 'Edit' alongside the relevant student and choose 'Grant extension'. To grant an extension to multiple students, select the checkbox alongside their names and use the With selected... menu at the bottom of the page to Grant extension. (See screencast [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UaL0LzZwyYI&feature=share&list=UUCRg_EbhU9tdpLdiGGN1Mgg Assignment Extensions]<br /> <br /> ===Submission types===<br /> Here you can decide how you wish students to submit their work to you. <br /> <br /> {{Note| If Submission comments are enabled in ''Administration>Plugins>Activity modules>Assignment>Submission plugins'', students will be able to add a note to their teacher on submitting work. If Anonymous (blind) marking is enabled, student comments display in the gradebook as from "Participant 01 etc" to avoid revealing identities.}}<br /> <br /> ;Online text <br /> :Students type their responses directly in Moodle using a text editor (such as the [[Atto editor]] which automatically saves text at regular intervals.)<br /> <br /> It's possible to set a word limit on an online text assignment. Students get a warning if they try to exceed the word limit. Numbers are counted as words and abbreviations such as ''I'm'' or ''they're'' are counted as single words.<br /> <br /> ;File submissions<br /> :Students can upload one or more files of any type the teacher can open. {{New features}}The teacher can annotate uploaded PDFs, docx and odt files within the browser, and on saving, the annotated file is made available to the student. (Check with your admin that [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ghostscript Ghostscript] and [https://github.com/dagwieers/unoconv unoconv ] are enabled, if you can't annotate uploaded files.) In the screenshot below, a docx file has been uploaded and converted so that the teacher may use the annotation tools to comment directly on the student's assignment:<br /> <br /> [[File:assignmentgrading3.png|thumb|500px|center|Annotating uploaded files]]<br /> <br /> ;Maximum submission size<br /> :The maximum upload size refers to each file a student uploads. It cannot be larger than the limit in the Course settings.<br /> <br /> ===Feedback types===<br /> ;Feedback comments<br /> :With this enabled,markers can leave comments for each submission (which appear on the assignment grading screen.)<br /> ;Offline grading worksheet<br /> :This is useful if you wish to download the grading list and edit it in a program such as MS Excel. (It does not yet work for non-English users - see MDL-40597.)<br /> {|<br /> |[[File:emptygradebook.png|thumb|The empty gradebook on Moodle]]<br /> |[[File:downloadgradingworksheet.png|thumb|The dropdown to download the list]]<br /> |[[File:excelgrades.png|thumb|Editing the grades offline]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> When the teacher has completed their grading offline, they can then upload the spreadsheet, confirm the changes and the grades and comments will be transferred over into Moodle's gradebook:<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:uploadgradingworksheet.png|thumb|Uploading the grading worksheet]]<br /> |[[File:confirmchanges.png|thumb|Confirming the changes]]<br /> |[[File:fullgradebook.png|thumb|Grades and feedback transferred into Moodle]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> See also [http://www.somerandomthoughts.com/blog/2012/11/19/offline-grading-worksheet-in-moodle-2-4-assignment/ Offline grading worksheet] blog post by Gavin Henrick.<br /> <br /> ;Feedback files<br /> :This allows markers to upload files with feedback when marking. These files may be the marked up student assignments, documents with comments, a completed marking guide, or spoken audio feedback. It enables the Feedback Files column in the assignment grading screen (accessed from 'View/Grade all submissions'.) To upload feedback files, click on the green tick in the grade column on the grading table and then upload either with drag and drop or using the [[File picker]].<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:feedback files.jpg|thumb|The Feedback files column]]<br /> |[[File:feedback files 2.jpg|thumb|Upload files here]]<br /> |[[File:feedback view for students.jpg|thumb|Student view with comments and file feedback both enabled]]<br /> |}<br /> '''Uploading multiple feedback files''' is also possible:<br /> #Download the students' assignments using the "Download all submissions" link from the same dropdown menu;<br /> #Extract the folder offline and add your comments to the student's submissions.Keep the names the same.<br /> #Select the students' submissions and zip them into a new folder. Important: Don't just edit them inside their original folder and re-zip this; it will not work. The folder name does not matter as long as the feedback files have the same names as before.<br /> #Upload this newly zipped folder.<br /> #You will be presented with a confirmation screen displaying your feedback files. (If you zip files from a Mac,make sure to remove the folder _MACOSX)<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:mutiplefeedbackzip.png|thumb|Choose from the dropdown menu]]<br /> |[[File:multiplezip1.png|thumb|Confirmation screen displaying the feedback files to be uploaded]]<br /> |[[File:multiplezip2.png|thumb|Screen confirming uploaded feedback]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> ;Comment inline<br /> :This usefully allows you to comment directly on an 'online text' type submission.<br /> <br /> ===Submission settings===<br /> ;Require students click submit button<br /> :If this is set to 'No' students can make changes to their submission at any time. (If you want to stop them changing work once you are ready to grade, click 'View/Grade all submissions'; locate the student and From the Edit column, click the action icon and select 'Prevent submission changes.'<br /> :If set to 'Yes', students can upload draft versions of the assignment until such time as they are ready to submit. Clicking the submit button tells the teacher they have finished drafting and want the work to be graded. They can no longer edit it and must ask the teacher to revert to draft status if they need to change it again.To do that, click 'View/Grade all submissions; locate the student and from the Edit column, click the action icon and select 'Revert the submission to draft'.<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:revert to draft.jpg|thumb|Reverting to draft]]<br /> |[[File:prevent submission changes.jpg|thumb|Prevent submission changes]]<br /> |[[File:with selected.jpg|thumb|"With selected" to choose several students..]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> ;Require that students accept the Submission statement<br /> :An administrator can define a "Submission statement", ie, a statement where students promise the work is their own and which they must agree to before submitting their work. This may be done via ''Site administration>Plugins>Activity modules>Assignment.'' (A default statement is also available.) If the administrator has given teachers the option of using a submission statement or not, then it will be available in the assignment settings screen. If the administrator has forced the statement throughout the site, a teacher will not have this option in the settings but a student will see the statement when accessing their assignment.<br /> <br /> ;Attempts reopened<br /> : If 'require students to click submit' is enabled, then students may only submit once. You can change this here to 'Manually' and reopen it for students to resubmit, or you can change it to 'Automatically until pass', for the students to keep resubmitting until they get a pass grade.<br /> ;Maximum attempts<br /> : Here you can decide how many attempts to allow if students can resubmit. If a student has to keep trying until they get a pass grade, you might decide to limit the attempts even though they have not yet passed - or they might be trying for ever!<br /> <br /> ===Groups submission settings===<br /> These settings allow students to collaborage on a single assignment, eg, working in the same online area or uploading , editing and reuploading an MS Powerpoint in the common assignment area.<br /> <br /> When grading, the teacher may choose to give a common grade and feedback to all students in the group or to give individual grades and feedback to each member.<br /> <br /> ;Require group to make submission<br /> :Students not in a group can still submit assignments unless this is forced in ''Site administration > Plugins > Assignment > Assignment settings'' . Moodle will then display a message ''You're not a member of any group; please contact your teacher'' , and the student will not be able to submit the assignment.<br /> ;Require all group members submit<br /> :This setting will only appear if the teacher has ticked the "Require students click submit button" earlier. The assignment will not be classed as "submitted" until all members of the group have made a contribution. When one student has submitted, the other members of the group will be able to see who still has to submit.<br /> ;Grouping for student groups<br /> :If a particular grouping is selected here, then the gradebook will display any other groups and non-grouped students in the "default group", while naming the group(s) that are in the chosen grouping. If "none" is selected, then the gradebook will display the names of all groups and put any non-grouped students in the "default group". See this [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=216399#p942913 forum post on grouping for student groups] for examples of how this might be used.<br /> <br /> ==Notifications==<br /> Please note that if you are using group mode then course teachers need to be members of the group in order to receive submission and late submission notifications.<br /> <br /> ==Grade==<br /> *See [[Grade points]] and [[Advanced grading methods]] for more information on the settings here.<br /> *Setting a passing grade may be connected with [[Activity completion]] and [[Restrict access]] such that a student will not be able to access a follow up activity until they have passed this assignment.<br /> <br /> ===Anonymous marking===<br /> <br /> Sometimes known as 'blind marking', anonymous marking prevents assessors from seeing students' names on submissions. Instead, they will see randomly generated Participant numbers. (The student view of the assignment does not change.) This is also the case if student comments have been enabled. <br /> <br /> Because of the nature of anonymous marking, the students cannot see the final grade until all of the students' names have been revealed. If you are grading an assignment using an advanced grading method such as a rubric, the rubric will also be hidden from students' view until the names are revealed. To reveal student names after you are finished grading, look under ''Assignment settings > Reveal student identities''. Feedback comments will appear whether or not student names are hidden or revealed. Note that this level of anonymity might not suit the privacy requirements of your organisation. See MDL-35390 for more details.<br /> <br /> Users with the capability [[Capabilities/mod/assign:viewblinddetails|mod/assign:viewblinddetails]] can view student identities and participant numbers (in Moodle 3.0.3 onwards).<br /> <br /> ===Use marking (grading) workflow===<br /> <br /> Enable Marking Workflow if you need to:<br /> *keep grades and feedback hidden until you are ready to release them (otherwise by default they display to each student as you save them).<br /> *state where you are up to in your grading.<br /> *coordinate multiple markers. <br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:26markingworkflow.png|thumb|Marking workflow state in the individual grading screen]]<br /> |[[File:26quickgradingworkflow.png|thumb|Dropdown to select marking workflow state when quick grading]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> One advantage of using marking workflow is that the grades can be hidden from students until they are set to 'Released'. The actual list of steps are:<br /> <br /> * Not marked (the marker has not yet started) <br /> * In marking (the marker has started but not yet finished) <br /> * Marking completed (the marker has finished but might need to go back for checking/corrections) <br /> * In review (the marking is now with the teacher in charge for quality checking) <br /> * Ready for release (the teacher in charge is satisfied with the marking but wait before giving students access to the marking) <br /> * Released (the student can access the grades/feedback)<br /> <br /> ====Example use cases====<br /> <br /> One marker, Marker, wants to release all grades at the same time <br /> * Marker enables "Use marking workflow" <br /> * Marker marks each submission and transitions the grading to "Marking completed" as each submission is graded. <br /> * Marker then uses the batch operations to transition all grades to "Released" at the same time. <br /> <br /> Multiple markers, <br /> * Marker enables "Use marking workflow" <br /> * Marker marks each submission and transitions the grading to "Marking completed" as each submission is graded. <br /> * Marker then uses the batch operations to transition all grades to "Released" at the same time.<br /> <br /> ===Use marking allocation===<br /> <br /> If marking workflow (see above) is set to Yes, it is possible to enable marking allocation. This means that teachers can be selected to grade or review the submitted work of specific students. Colleagues can monitor progress through the displayed marking workflow states:<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:26markingworkflowallocatedmarkers.png|thumb|Allocated markers on the grading screen]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> ==Locally assigned roles==<br /> <br /> In ''Administration > Assignment administration > Locally assigned roles'' selected users can be given additional roles in the activity. See the Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=98208 Custom role for 'Course Monitor'] forum discussion for an example.<br /> <br /> ==Assignment capabilities==<br /> <br /> * [[Capabilities/mod/assign:exportownsubmission|Export own submission]]<br /> * [[Capabilities/mod/assign:grade|Grade assignment]]<br /> * [[Capabilities/mod/assign:submit|Submit assignment]]<br /> * [[Capabilities/mod/assign:view|View assignment]]<br /> <br /> Role permissions for the activity can be changed in ''Course administration > Assignment administration > Permissions''.<br /> <br /> ==Site administration settings==<br /> Administrators can access assignment configuration options by expanding ''Administration > Site administration > Plugins > Activity modules > Assignment''.<br /> <br /> ===Assignment settings===<br /> Here, the administrator can set defaults for certain settings. They may also make certain settings 'Advanced' which means a course teacher has to click the 'Show more' link to see them, or they may 'lock' settings which means a course teacher cannot alter that setting.<br /> <br /> ;Submission statement<br /> :Here is where the administrator can enter text into a box which will appear when students are about to submit an assignment:<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:newsubmissionstatement.png|thumb|Admin view of Submission statement set up screen - click to enlarge]]<br /> |[[File:submissionstatement1.png|thumb|Student view when about to submit - click to enlarge]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> If it is left as the default "No", then teachers will have the choice within their own assignments to force this or not.<br /> <br /> The submission statement may be shown in different languages. See [[Multi-language content filter]] for how to do this.<br /> <br /> ===Submission plugins===<br /> Here the administrator can enable, disable or change the order and default settings for any submission plugins.<br /> ;Submission comments<br /> :Note that if submission comments are enabled here AND AND comments enabled globally in ''Site Administration > Advanced features'') then students will be able to send a message to their teacher when submitting their assignment. If either of those settings is disabled, then the submission comments link will not appear.<br /> <br /> ===Feedback plugins===<br /> ====Manage assignment feedback plugins====<br /> Here the administrator can enable, disable or change the order and default settings for any feedback plugins.<br /> ;Annotate PDF<br /> :This is the place to upload stamps for teachers to use when annotating student PDFs. <br /> <br /> =====Check Ghostscript=====<br /> You can also check the ghostscript path from here:<br /> {|<br /> |[[File:Selection_116.png|thumb|Ghostscript not installed or incorrectly installed]]<br /> |[[File:Selection_115.png|thumb|Ghostscript correctly installed]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> If the default stamps are deleted by accident, they can be found in mod/assign/feedback/editpdf/pix and re-uploaded.<br /> <br /> =====Check Unoconv=====<br /> <br /> ''(New in 3.1:)'' Unoconv v07 is required for converting files to PDF. You can test the correct path to unoconv here, and download a test converted PDF.<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> Synergy Learning blog post: [http://www.synergy-learning.com/moodle-2-5-improvements-assignment-resubmissions/ Assignment resubmissions]<br /> [[de:Aufgabe konfigurieren]]<br /> [[fr:Ajouter/modifier un devoir]]<br /> [[ja:課題を追加/編集する]]<br /> [[es:Configuraciones de tarea]]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Assignment_settings&diff=125317 Assignment settings 2016-09-14T10:23:33Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Assignment}}<br /> <br /> ==Adding an assignment==<br /> *Go to the course where you want the assignment; turn on the editing, and in the section you want the assignment, click 'Add an activity or resource'.<br /> *From the Activity chooser, click the Assignment button and click 'Add'. <br /> *(If you want to edit an existing assignment, click the Edit link to its right and choose the action you wish to take, eg 'Edit settings'.)<br /> <br /> ==Assignment settings==<br /> <br /> ===General ===<br /> Give your assignment a name (which students will see to click on) and, if required, a description. If you want the description to display on the course page, check the box.<br /> <br /> ;Additional files<br /> :Here you can add files which may be of help to the students as they do their assignment, such as example submissions or answer templates.<br /> <br /> ===Availability===<br /> ;Allow submissions from<br /> :This stops students from submitting before the shown date but it doesn't hide the assignment and any included instructions or materials.<br /> ;Due date<br /> :Submissions are still allowed after this date but will be marked as late. Disable it by unticking the checkbox. Assignments without a due date will appear on the dashboard with 'No Due Date' displayed.<br /> ;Cut-off date<br /> :After this date, students will not be able to submit and the submit button will disappear. If you want to grant an extension, go to the assignment grading screen by clicking 'view submission', click 'Edit' alongside the relevant student and choose 'Grant extension'. To grant an extension to multiple students, select the checkbox alongside their names and use the With selected... menu at the bottom of the page to Grant extension. (See screencast [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UaL0LzZwyYI&feature=share&list=UUCRg_EbhU9tdpLdiGGN1Mgg Assignment Extensions]<br /> <br /> ===Submission types===<br /> Here you can decide how you wish students to submit their work to you. <br /> <br /> {{Note| If Submission comments are enabled in ''Administration>Plugins>Activity modules>Assignment>Submission plugins'', students will be able to add a note to their teacher on submitting work. If Anonymous (blind) marking is enabled, student comments display in the gradebook as from "Participant 01 etc" to avoid revealing identities.}}<br /> <br /> ;Online text <br /> :Students type their responses directly in Moodle using a text editor (such as the [[Atto editor]] which automatically saves text at regular intervals.)<br /> <br /> It's possible to set a word limit on an online text assignment. Students get a warning if they try to exceed the word limit. Numbers are counted as words and abbreviations such as ''I'm'' or ''they're'' are counted as single words.<br /> <br /> ;File submissions<br /> :Students can upload one or more files of any type the teacher can open. {{New features}}The teacher can annotate uploaded PDFs, docx and odt files within the browser, and on saving, the annotated file is made available to the student. (Check with your admin that [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ghostscript Ghostscript] and [https://github.com/dagwieers/unoconv unoconv ] are enabled, if you can't annotate uploaded files.) In the screenshot below, a docx file has been uploaded and converted so that the teacher may use the annotation tools to comment directly on the student's assignment:<br /> <br /> [[File:assignmentgrading3.png|thumb|500px|center|Annotating uploaded files]]<br /> <br /> ;Maximum submission size<br /> :The maximum upload size refers to each file a student uploads. It cannot be larger than the limit in the Course settings.<br /> <br /> ===Feedback types===<br /> ;Feedback comments<br /> :With this enabled,markers can leave comments for each submission (which appear on the assignment grading screen.)<br /> ;Offline grading worksheet<br /> :This is useful if you wish to download the grading list and edit it in a program such as MS Excel. (It does not yet work for non-English users - see MDL-40597.)<br /> {|<br /> |[[File:emptygradebook.png|thumb|The empty gradebook on Moodle]]<br /> |[[File:downloadgradingworksheet.png|thumb|The dropdown to download the list]]<br /> |[[File:excelgrades.png|thumb|Editing the grades offline]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> When the teacher has completed their grading offline, they can then upload the spreadsheet, confirm the changes and the grades and comments will be transferred over into Moodle's gradebook:<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:uploadgradingworksheet.png|thumb|Uploading the grading worksheet]]<br /> |[[File:confirmchanges.png|thumb|Confirming the changes]]<br /> |[[File:fullgradebook.png|thumb|Grades and feedback transferred into Moodle]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> See also [http://www.somerandomthoughts.com/blog/2012/11/19/offline-grading-worksheet-in-moodle-2-4-assignment/ Offline grading worksheet] blog post by Gavin Henrick.<br /> <br /> ;Feedback files<br /> :This allows markers to upload files with feedback when marking. These files may be the marked up student assignments, documents with comments, a completed marking guide, or spoken audio feedback. It enables the Feedback Files column in the assignment grading screen (accessed from 'View/Grade all submissions'.) To upload feedback files, click on the green tick in the grade column on the grading table and then upload either with drag and drop or using the [[File picker]].<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:feedback files.jpg|thumb|The Feedback files column]]<br /> |[[File:feedback files 2.jpg|thumb|Upload files here]]<br /> |[[File:feedback view for students.jpg|thumb|Student view with comments and file feedback both enabled]]<br /> |}<br /> '''Uploading multiple feedback files''' is also possible:<br /> #Download the students' assignments using the "Download all submissions" link from the same dropdown menu;<br /> #Extract the folder offline and add your comments to the student's submissions.Keep the names the same.<br /> #Select the students' submissions and zip them into a new folder. Important: Don't just edit them inside their original folder and re-zip this; it will not work. The folder name does not matter as long as the feedback files have the same names as before.<br /> #Upload this newly zipped folder.<br /> #You will be presented with a confirmation screen displaying your feedback files. (If you zip files from a Mac,make sure to remove the folder _MACOSX)<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:mutiplefeedbackzip.png|thumb|Choose from the dropdown menu]]<br /> |[[File:multiplezip1.png|thumb|Confirmation screen displaying the feedback files to be uploaded]]<br /> |[[File:multiplezip2.png|thumb|Screen confirming uploaded feedback]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> ;Comment inline<br /> :This usefully allows you to comment directly on an 'online text' type submission.<br /> <br /> ===Submission settings===<br /> ;Require students click submit button<br /> :If this is set to 'No' students can make changes to their submission at any time. (If you want to stop them changing work once you are ready to grade, click 'View/Grade all submissions'; locate the student and From the Edit column, click the action icon and select 'Prevent submission changes.'<br /> :If set to 'Yes', students can upload draft versions of the assignment until such time as they are ready to submit. Clicking the submit button tells the teacher they have finished drafting and want the work to be graded. They can no longer edit it and must ask the teacher to revert to draft status if they need to change it again.To do that, click 'View/Grade all submissions; locate the student and from the Edit column, click the action icon and select 'Revert the submission to draft'.<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:revert to draft.jpg|thumb|Reverting to draft]]<br /> |[[File:prevent submission changes.jpg|thumb|Prevent submission changes]]<br /> |[[File:with selected.jpg|thumb|"With selected" to choose several students..]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> ;Require that students accept the Submission statement<br /> :An administrator can define a "Submission statement", ie, a statement where students promise the work is their own and which they must agree to before submitting their work. This may be done via ''Site administration>Plugins>Activity modules>Assignment.'' (A default statement is also available.) If the administrator has given teachers the option of using a submission statement or not, then it will be available in the assignment settings screen. If the administrator has forced the statement throughout the site, a teacher will not have this option in the settings but a student will see the statement when accessing their assignment.<br /> <br /> ;Attempts reopened<br /> : If 'require students to click submit' is enabled, then students may only submit once. You can change this here to 'Manually' and reopen it for students to resubmit, or you can change it to 'Automatically until pass', for the students to keep resubmitting until they get a pass grade.<br /> ;Maximum attempts<br /> : Here you can decide how many attempts to allow if students can resubmit. If a student has to keep trying until they get a pass grade, you might decide to limit the attempts even though they have not yet passed - or they might be trying for ever!<br /> <br /> ===Groups submission settings===<br /> These settings allow students to collaborage on a single assignment, eg, working in the same online area or uploading , editing and reuploading an MS Powerpoint in the common assignment area.<br /> <br /> When grading, the teacher may choose to give a common grade and feedback to all students in the group or to give individual grades and feedback to each member.<br /> <br /> ;Require group to make submission<br /> :Students not in a group can still submit assignments unless this is forced in ''Site administration > Plugins > Assignment > Assignment settings'' . Moodle will then display a message ''You're not a member of any group; please contact your teacher'' , and the student will not be able to submit the assignment.<br /> ;Require all group members submit<br /> :This setting will only appear if the teacher has ticked the "Require students click submit button" earlier. The assignment will not be classed as "submitted" until all members of the group have made a contribution. When one student has submitted, the other members of the group will be able to see who still has to submit.<br /> ;Grouping for student groups<br /> :If a particular grouping is selected here, then the gradebook will display any other groups and non-grouped students in the "default group", while naming the group(s) that are in the chosen grouping. If "none" is selected, then the gradebook will display the names of all groups and put any non-grouped students in the "default group". See this [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=216399#p942913 forum post on grouping for student groups] for examples of how this might be used.<br /> <br /> ==Notifications==<br /> Please note that if you are using group mode then course teachers need to be members of the group in order to receive submission and late submission notifications.<br /> <br /> ==Grade==<br /> *See [[Grade points]] and [[Advanced grading methods]] for more information on the settings here.<br /> *Setting a passing grade may be connected with [[Activity completion]] and [[Restrict access]] such that a student will not be able to access a follow up activity until they have passed this assignment.<br /> <br /> ===Anonymous marking===<br /> <br /> Sometimes known as 'blind marking', anonymous marking prevents assessors from seeing students' names on submissions. Instead, they will see randomly generated Participant numbers. (The student view of the assignment does not change.) This is also the case if student comments have been enabled. <br /> <br /> Because of the nature of anonymous marking, the students cannot see the final grade until all of the students' names have been revealed. If you are grading an assignment using an advanced grading method such as a rubric, the rubric will also be hidden from students' view until the names are revealed. To reveal student names after you are finished grading, look under ''Assignment settings > Reveal student identities''. Feedback comments will appear whether or not student names are hidden or revealed. Note that this level of anonymity might not suit the privacy requirements of your organisation. See MDL-35390 for more details.<br /> <br /> Users with the capability [[Capabilities/mod/assign:viewblinddetails|mod/assign:viewblinddetails]] can view student identities and participant numbers (in Moodle 3.0.3 onwards).<br /> <br /> ===Use marking (grading) workflow===<br /> <br /> Enable Marking Workflow if you need to:<br /> *keep grades and feedback hidden until you are ready to release them (otherwise by default they display to each student as you save them).<br /> *state where you are up to in your grading.<br /> *coordinate multiple markers. <br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:26markingworkflow.png|thumb|Marking workflow state in the individual grading screen]]<br /> |[[File:26quickgradingworkflow.png|thumb|Dropdown to select marking workflow state when quick grading]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> One advantage of using marking workflow is that the grades can be hidden from students until they are set to 'Released'. The actual list of steps are:<br /> <br /> * Not marked (the marker has not yet started) <br /> * In marking (the marker has started but not yet finished) <br /> * Marking completed (the marker has finished but might need to go back for checking/corrections) <br /> * In review (the marking is now with the teacher in charge for quality checking) <br /> * Ready for release (the teacher in charge is satisfied with the marking but wait before giving students access to the marking) <br /> * Released (the student can access the grades/feedback)<br /> <br /> ====Example use cases====<br /> <br /> One marker, Marker, wants to release all grades at the same time <br /> * Marker enables "Use marking workflow" <br /> * Marker marks each submission and transitions the grading to "Marking completed" as each submission is graded. <br /> * Marker then uses the batch operations to transition all grades to "Released" at the same time. <br /> <br /> Multiple markers, <br /> * Marker enables "Use marking workflow" <br /> * Marker marks each submission and transitions the grading to "Marking completed" as each submission is graded. <br /> * Marker then uses the batch operations to transition all grades to "Released" at the same time.<br /> <br /> ===Use marking allocation===<br /> <br /> If marking workflow (see above) is set to Yes, it is possible to enable marking allocation. This means that teachers can be selected to grade or review the submitted work of specific students. Colleagues can monitor progress through the displayed marking workflow states:<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:26markingworkflowallocatedmarkers.png|thumb|Allocated markers on the grading screen]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> ==Locally assigned roles==<br /> <br /> In ''Administration > Assignment administration > Locally assigned roles'' selected users can be given additional roles in the activity. See the Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=98208 Custom role for 'Course Monitor'] forum discussion for an example.<br /> <br /> ==Assignment capabilities==<br /> <br /> * [[Capabilities/mod/assign:exportownsubmission|Export own submission]]<br /> * [[Capabilities/mod/assign:grade|Grade assignment]]<br /> * [[Capabilities/mod/assign:submit|Submit assignment]]<br /> * [[Capabilities/mod/assign:view|View assignment]]<br /> <br /> Role permissions for the activity can be changed in ''Course administration > Assignment administration > Permissions''.<br /> <br /> ==Site administration settings==<br /> Administrators can access assignment configuration options by expanding ''Administration > Site administration > Plugins > Activity modules > Assignment''.<br /> <br /> ===Assignment settings===<br /> Here, the administrator can set defaults for certain settings. They may also make certain settings 'Advanced' which means a course teacher has to click the 'Show more' link to see them, or they may 'lock' settings which means a course teacher cannot alter that setting.<br /> <br /> ;Submission statement<br /> :Here is where the administrator can enter text into a box which will appear when students are about to submit an assignment:<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |[[File:newsubmissionstatement.png|thumb|Admin view of Submission statement set up screen - click to enlarge]]<br /> |[[File:submissionstatement1.png|thumb|Student view when about to submit - click to enlarge]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> If it is left as the default "No", then teachers will have the choice within their own assignments to force this or not.<br /> <br /> The submission statement may be shown in different languages. See [[Multi-language content filter]] for how to do this.<br /> <br /> ===Submission plugins===<br /> Here the administrator can enable, disable or change the order and default settings for any submission plugins.<br /> ;Submission comments<br /> :Note that if submission comments are enabled here AND AND comments enabled globally in ''Site Administration > Advanced features'') then students will be able to send a message to their teacher when submitting their assignment. If either of those settings is disabled, then the submission comments link will not appear.<br /> <br /> ===Feedback plugins===<br /> ====Manage assignment feedback plugins====<br /> Here the administrator can enable, disable or change the order and default settings for any feedback plugins.<br /> ;Annotate PDF<br /> :This is the place to upload stamps for teachers to use when annotating student PDFs. <br /> <br /> =====Check Ghostscript=====<br /> You can also check the ghostscript path from here:<br /> {|<br /> |[[File:Selection_116.png|thumb|Ghostscript not installed or incorrectly installed]]<br /> |[[File:Selection_115.png|thumb|Ghostscript correctly installed]]<br /> |}<br /> <br /> If the default stamps are deleted by accident, they can be found in mod/assign/feedback/editpdf/pix and re-uploaded.<br /> <br /> =====Check Unoconv=====<br /> <br /> ''(New in 3.1:)'' Unoconv v07 is required for converting files to PDF. You can test the correct path to unoconv here, and download a test converted PDF.<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> Synergy Learning blog post: [http://www.synergy-learning.com/moodle-2-5-improvements-assignment-resubmissions/ Assignment resubmissions]<br /> [[de:Aufgabe konfigurieren]]<br /> [[fr:Ajouter/modifier un devoir]]<br /> [[ja:課題を追加/編集する]]<br /> [[es:Configuraciones de tarea]]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Coursework_module&diff=124809 Coursework module 2016-08-09T14:18:49Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div>The Coursework module manages blind, double-marking; marking workflows and allocation; automatic agreement of grades; and controls what feedback and grade information is shown to the student once their grade has been released.<br /> <br /> ==Features==<br /> * blind marking<br /> * double blind marking<br /> * [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iQEZay_wU1E sampling (automatic or manual)]<br /> * [https://www.youtube.com/watch?list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E&v=6hxTa4t-mVc automatic agreement of close grades]<br /> * [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sJiTZRO8Itk marking workflow and allocation]<br /> * [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hhpSDPdTKok&index=3&list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E bulk grading actions for offline marking]:<br /> ** download submitted files (zip)<br /> ** export/import grading worksheet for providing grades and feedback<br /> ** upload feedback files (zip)<br /> *** annotate using Word or PDF comments<br /> *** provide audio feedback files<br /> *** provide video feedback files<br /> *** give feedback against criteria on a mark sheet<br /> ** export final grades<br /> * [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GSGkisuglig&index=2&list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E set extensions for individuals or the entire cohort]<br /> <br /> <br /> [[{{ns:file}}:Marking_workflow.PNG]]<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> <br /> Find out more...<br /> * [https://bletech.rvc.ac.uk/owncloud/index.php/s/M12O96HXFeL0M4Q?path=%2FUser%20guides User guides]<br /> * [https://twitter.com/hashtag/CourseworkModule?src=hash #CourseworkModule on Twitter]<br /> * [http://el.blogs.ulcc.ac.uk/2016/02/24/double-blind-marking-in-moodle Double blind marking in Moodle]<br /> * [http://w01.bloomint.wf.ulcc.ac.uk/coursework/ Bloom Coursework Module in Moodle]<br /> * [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E Moodle Coursework plugin YouTube playlist]<br /> <br /> <br /> Installation:<br /> * [https://github.com/ULCC/open-mod_coursework Download the Coursework Module from GitHub]<br /> * [https://bletech.rvc.ac.uk/owncloud/index.php/s/M12O96HXFeL0M4Q?path=%2F Installation guide]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Coursework_module&diff=124808 Coursework module 2016-08-09T14:18:01Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div>The Coursework module manages blind, double-marking; marking workflows and allocation; automatic agreement of grades; and controls what feedback and grade information is shown to the student once their grade has been released.<br /> <br /> ==Features==<br /> * blind marking<br /> * double blind marking<br /> * [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iQEZay_wU1E sampling (automatic or manual)]<br /> * [https://www.youtube.com/watch?list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E&v=6hxTa4t-mVc automatic agreement of close grades]<br /> * [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sJiTZRO8Itk marking workflow and allocation]<br /> * [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hhpSDPdTKok&index=3&list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E bulk grading actions for offline marking]:<br /> ** download submitted files (zip)<br /> ** export/import grading worksheet for providing grades and feedback<br /> ** upload feedback files (zip)<br /> *** annotate using Word or PDF comments<br /> *** provide audio feedback files<br /> *** provide video feedback files<br /> *** give feedback against criteria on a mark sheet<br /> ** export final grades<br /> * [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GSGkisuglig&index=2&list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E set extensions for individuals or the entire cohort]<br /> <br /> <br /> [[{{ns:file}}:Marking_workflow.PNG]]<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> <br /> Find out more...<br /> * [https://bletech.rvc.ac.uk/owncloud/index.php/s/M12O96HXFeL0M4Q?path=%2FUser%20guides User guides]<br /> * [https://twitter.com/hashtag/CourseworkModule?src=hash #CourseworkModule on Twitter]<br /> * [http://el.blogs.ulcc.ac.uk/2016/02/24/double-blind-marking-in-moodle Double blind marking in Moodle]<br /> * [http://w01.bloomint.wf.ulcc.ac.uk/coursework/ Bloom Coursework Module in Moodle]<br /> * [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E Moodle Coursework plugin YouTube playlist]<br /> ** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sJiTZRO8Itk Marking workflow and allocation]<br /> ** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iQEZay_wU1E Sampling]<br /> ** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hhpSDPdTKok&index=3&list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E Grading actions]<br /> ** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E&v=6hxTa4t-mVc Automatic agreement of grades]<br /> ** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GSGkisuglig&index=2&list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E Extension reason]<br /> <br /> <br /> Installation:<br /> * [https://github.com/ULCC/open-mod_coursework Download the Coursework Module from GitHub]<br /> * [https://bletech.rvc.ac.uk/owncloud/index.php/s/M12O96HXFeL0M4Q?path=%2F Installation guide]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Coursework_module&diff=124807 Coursework module 2016-08-09T14:07:20Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div>The Coursework module manages blind, double-marking; marking workflows and allocation; automatic agreement of grades; and controls what feedback and grade information is shown to the student once their grade has been released.<br /> <br /> ==Features==<br /> * blind marking<br /> * double blind marking<br /> * sampling<br /> * marking allocation and workflow<br /> * bulk grading actions:<br /> ** download submitted files<br /> ** export final grades<br /> ** export grading worksheet<br /> ** upload grading worksheet<br /> ** upload feedback files in a zip<br /> <br /> [[{{ns:file}}:Marking_workflow.PNG]]<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> <br /> Find out more...<br /> * [https://bletech.rvc.ac.uk/owncloud/index.php/s/M12O96HXFeL0M4Q?path=%2FUser%20guides User guides]<br /> * [https://twitter.com/hashtag/CourseworkModule?src=hash #CourseworkModule on Twitter]<br /> * [http://el.blogs.ulcc.ac.uk/2016/02/24/double-blind-marking-in-moodle Double blind marking in Moodle]<br /> * [http://w01.bloomint.wf.ulcc.ac.uk/coursework/ Bloom Coursework Module in Moodle]<br /> * [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E Moodle Coursework plugin YouTube playlist]<br /> ** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sJiTZRO8Itk Marking workflow and allocation]<br /> ** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iQEZay_wU1E Sampling]<br /> ** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hhpSDPdTKok&index=3&list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E Grading actions]<br /> ** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E&v=6hxTa4t-mVc Automatic agreement of grades]<br /> ** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GSGkisuglig&index=2&list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E Extension reason]<br /> <br /> <br /> Installation:<br /> * [https://github.com/ULCC/open-mod_coursework Download the Coursework Module from GitHub]<br /> * [https://bletech.rvc.ac.uk/owncloud/index.php/s/M12O96HXFeL0M4Q?path=%2F Installation guide]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Coursework_module&diff=124806 Coursework module 2016-08-09T14:07:05Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div>The Coursework module manages blind, double-marking; marking workflows and allocation; automatic agreement of grades; and controls what feedback and grade information is shown to the student once their grade has been released.<br /> <br /> [[{{ns:file}}:Marking_workflow.PNG]]<br /> <br /> ==Features==<br /> * blind marking<br /> * double blind marking<br /> * sampling<br /> * marking allocation and workflow<br /> * bulk grading actions:<br /> ** download submitted files<br /> ** export final grades<br /> ** export grading worksheet<br /> ** upload grading worksheet<br /> ** upload feedback files in a zip<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> <br /> Find out more...<br /> * [https://bletech.rvc.ac.uk/owncloud/index.php/s/M12O96HXFeL0M4Q?path=%2FUser%20guides User guides]<br /> * [https://twitter.com/hashtag/CourseworkModule?src=hash #CourseworkModule on Twitter]<br /> * [http://el.blogs.ulcc.ac.uk/2016/02/24/double-blind-marking-in-moodle Double blind marking in Moodle]<br /> * [http://w01.bloomint.wf.ulcc.ac.uk/coursework/ Bloom Coursework Module in Moodle]<br /> * [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E Moodle Coursework plugin YouTube playlist]<br /> ** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sJiTZRO8Itk Marking workflow and allocation]<br /> ** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iQEZay_wU1E Sampling]<br /> ** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hhpSDPdTKok&index=3&list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E Grading actions]<br /> ** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E&v=6hxTa4t-mVc Automatic agreement of grades]<br /> ** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GSGkisuglig&index=2&list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E Extension reason]<br /> <br /> <br /> Installation:<br /> * [https://github.com/ULCC/open-mod_coursework Download the Coursework Module from GitHub]<br /> * [https://bletech.rvc.ac.uk/owncloud/index.php/s/M12O96HXFeL0M4Q?path=%2F Installation guide]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Coursework_module&diff=124805 Coursework module 2016-08-09T14:06:44Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div>The Coursework module manages blind, double-marking; marking workflows and allocation; automatic agreement of grades; and controls what feedback and grade information is shown to the student once their grade has been released.<br /> <br /> [[{{ns:file}}:Marking_workflow.PNG]]<br /> <br /> ==Features==<br /> * blind marking<br /> * double blind marking<br /> * sampling<br /> * marking allocation and workflow<br /> * bulk grading actions:<br /> ** download submitted files<br /> ** export final grades<br /> ** export grading worksheet<br /> ** upload grading worksheet<br /> ** upload feedback files in a zip<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> <br /> Find out more...<br /> * [https://bletech.rvc.ac.uk/owncloud/index.php/s/M12O96HXFeL0M4Q?path=%2FUser%20guides User guides]<br /> * [https://twitter.com/hashtag/CourseworkModule?src=hash #CourseworkModule on Twitter]<br /> * [http://el.blogs.ulcc.ac.uk/2016/02/24/double-blind-marking-in-moodle Double blind marking in Moodle]<br /> [http://w01.bloomint.wf.ulcc.ac.uk/coursework/ Bloom Coursework Module in Moodle]<br /> * [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E Moodle Coursework plugin YouTube playlist]<br /> ** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sJiTZRO8Itk Marking workflow and allocation]<br /> ** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iQEZay_wU1E Sampling]<br /> ** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hhpSDPdTKok&index=3&list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E Grading actions]<br /> ** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E&v=6hxTa4t-mVc Automatic agreement of grades]<br /> ** [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GSGkisuglig&index=2&list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E Extension reason]<br /> <br /> <br /> Installation:<br /> * [https://github.com/ULCC/open-mod_coursework Download the Coursework Module from GitHub]<br /> [https://bletech.rvc.ac.uk/owncloud/index.php/s/M12O96HXFeL0M4Q?path=%2F Installation guide]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Coursework_module&diff=124803 Coursework module 2016-08-09T14:04:24Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div>The Coursework module manages blind, double-marking; marking workflows and allocation; automatic agreement of grades; and controls what feedback and grade information is shown to the student once their grade has been released.<br /> <br /> [[{{ns:file}}:Marking_workflow.PNG]]<br /> <br /> ==Features==<br /> * blind marking<br /> * double blind marking<br /> * sampling<br /> * marking allocation and workflow<br /> * bulk grading actions:<br /> ** download submitted files<br /> ** export final grades<br /> ** export grading worksheet<br /> ** upload grading worksheet<br /> ** upload feedback files in a zip<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> Follow updates on Twitter:<br /> <br /> [https://twitter.com/hashtag/CourseworkModule?src=hash #CourseworkModule on Twitter]<br /> <br /> Download the plugin:<br /> <br /> [https://github.com/ULCC/open-mod_coursework Download the Coursework Module from GitHub]<br /> <br /> Documentation:<br /> <br /> [https://bletech.rvc.ac.uk/owncloud/index.php/s/M12O96HXFeL0M4Q?path=%2FUser%20guides User guides]<br /> <br /> [https://bletech.rvc.ac.uk/owncloud/index.php/s/M12O96HXFeL0M4Q?path=%2F Installation guide]<br /> <br /> Find out more...<br /> <br /> [http://el.blogs.ulcc.ac.uk/2016/02/24/double-blind-marking-in-moodle Double blind marking in Moodle]<br /> <br /> [http://w01.bloomint.wf.ulcc.ac.uk/coursework/ Bloom Coursework Module in Moodle]<br /> <br /> Videos:<br /> <br /> [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E Moodle Coursework plugin playlist]<br /> - [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sJiTZRO8Itk Marking workflow and allocation]<br /> - [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iQEZay_wU1E Sampling]<br /> - [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hhpSDPdTKok&index=3&list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E Grading actions]<br /> - [https://www.youtube.com/watch?list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E&v=6hxTa4t-mVc Automatic agreement of grades]<br /> - [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GSGkisuglig&index=2&list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E Extension reason]</div>

Jgramp https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Coursework_module&diff=124797 Coursework module 2016-08-09T13:50:14Z

<p>Jgramp: </p> <hr /> <div>The Coursework module manages blind, double-marking; marking workflows and allocation; automatic agreement of grades; and controls what feedback and grade information is shown to the student once their grade has been released.<br /> <br /> [[{{ns:file}}:Marking_workflow.PNG]]<br /> <br /> ==Features==<br /> <br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> Follow updates on Twitter:<br /> [https://twitter.com/hashtag/CourseworkModule?src=hash #CourseworkModule on Twitter]<br /> <br /> Download the plugin:<br /> [https://github.com/ULCC/open-mod_coursework Download the Coursework Module from GitHub]<br /> <br /> Documentation:<br /> [https://bletech.rvc.ac.uk/owncloud/index.php/s/M12O96HXFeL0M4Q?path=%2FUser%20guides User guides]<br /> [https://bletech.rvc.ac.uk/owncloud/index.php/s/M12O96HXFeL0M4Q?path=%2F Installation guide]<br /> <br /> Find out more...<br /> [http://el.blogs.ulcc.ac.uk/2016/02/24/double-blind-marking-in-moodle Double blind marking in Moodle]<br /> [http://w01.bloomint.wf.ulcc.ac.uk/coursework/ Bloom Coursework Module in Moodle]<br /> <br /> Videos:<br /> [https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E Moodle Coursework plugin playlist]<br /> - [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sJiTZRO8Itk Marking workflow and allocation]<br /> - [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iQEZay_wU1E Sampling]<br /> - [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hhpSDPdTKok&index=3&list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E Grading actions]<br /> - [https://www.youtube.com/watch?list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E&v=6hxTa4t-mVc Automatic agreement of grades]<br /> - [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GSGkisuglig&index=2&list=PLT-tjbmvhRtxcw7ARdYRpv7h7AOIHbi7E Extension reason]</div>

Jgramp